WO2017024539A1 - 上行控制信息传输方法和装置 - Google Patents

上行控制信息传输方法和装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017024539A1
WO2017024539A1 PCT/CN2015/086692 CN2015086692W WO2017024539A1 WO 2017024539 A1 WO2017024539 A1 WO 2017024539A1 CN 2015086692 W CN2015086692 W CN 2015086692W WO 2017024539 A1 WO2017024539 A1 WO 2017024539A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
downlink subframe
downlink
subframe
subset
harq
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2015/086692
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
官磊
吕永霞
肖洁华
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to CN201580002202.2A priority Critical patent/CN107852285B/zh
Priority to ES15900737T priority patent/ES2760515T3/es
Priority to BR112018002773-1A priority patent/BR112018002773B1/pt
Priority to JP2018507000A priority patent/JP6500164B2/ja
Priority to EP15900737.6A priority patent/EP3324565B1/en
Priority to EP19195776.0A priority patent/EP3661092B1/en
Publication of WO2017024539A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017024539A1/zh
Priority to US15/892,602 priority patent/US10484149B2/en
Priority to US16/587,620 priority patent/US11018813B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1867—Arrangements specially adapted for the transmitter end
    • H04L1/1887—Scheduling and prioritising arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1829—Arrangements specially adapted for the receiver end
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1829—Arrangements specially adapted for the receiver end
    • H04L1/1854—Scheduling and prioritising arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1829—Arrangements specially adapted for the receiver end
    • H04L1/1864—ARQ related signaling
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1867—Arrangements specially adapted for the transmitter end
    • H04L1/1896—ARQ related signaling
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H04L5/0055—Physical resource allocation for ACK/NACK
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/21—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the uplink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards the network

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of wireless communication technologies, and in particular, to a terminal, an access network device, a wireless communication system, and an uplink control information transmission method.
  • the downlink data transmission adopts the Hybrid Automatic Repeat ReQuest (HARQ) mechanism, and the user equipment (User Equipment, UE) receives the physical downlink shared channel (Physical Downlink Shared).
  • HARQ Hybrid Automatic Repeat ReQuest
  • UE User Equipment
  • CHannel, PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared
  • ACK acknowledgment
  • PUCCH Physical Uplink Control CHannel
  • NACK Non ACKnowledgement
  • NACK and NACK are collectively referred to as HARQ-ACK.
  • the LTE system supports Carrier Aggregation (CA) technology, that is, the access network device configures multiple carriers to one UE to increase the data rate of the UE.
  • CA Carrier Aggregation
  • the access network device uses carrier 1, carrier 2, and UE1 for downlink data transmission
  • the base station uses carrier 1, carrier 3, carrier 5, and UE2 for downlink data transmission.
  • the PDSCHs scheduled in one downlink subframe in the transmission mode 1, 2, 5, 6, and 7 are all a single transport block, that is, each downlink subframe corresponds to one HARQ-ACK bit; and the transmission mode 3, 4
  • the PDSCH scheduled in one downlink sub-frame under the sequel to the sequel can be two transport blocks, that is, each downlink sub-frame corresponds to two HARQ-ACK bits.
  • the PDSCH transmission modes of the aggregated carriers are generally the same, so the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that the UE needs to feed back for each downlink subframe on each of the aggregated carriers is the same.
  • the PDSCH transmission modes of the aggregated carriers may be different. For example, at present, a maximum of five carriers are supported for aggregation, and then 10 carriers, 20 carriers, or even up to 32 carriers may be aggregated. The PDSCH transmission mode of each carrier that may be aggregated at this time is different. The number of HARQ-ACK bits that need to be fed back for different downlink subframes on different carriers is different.
  • the UE does not support downlink on different carriers for this aggregation. The case where the subframe requires a different number of HARQ-ACK bits to be fed back.
  • the embodiments of the present invention provide a terminal, an access network device, a wireless communication system, and an uplink control information transmission method, which are used to support different cases in which different numbers of HARQ-ACK bits to be fed back are different.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal, including:
  • a receiving module configured to receive downlink scheduling information of the downlink subframe F(i, j), where the downlink subframe F(i, j) is a subframe in the pre-configured downlink subframe set M corresponding to the uplink subframe ;
  • F(i,j) represents a downlink subframe j on the carrier i configured for the terminal, i ⁇ C, C is a set of all carriers configured for downlink data transmission to the terminal, j ⁇ K, K a set of downlink subframes corresponding to the uplink subframes;
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe set M is divided into N pre-configured downlink subframe subsets, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and each downlink subframe in a pre-configured downlink subframe subset needs feedback.
  • Hybrid automatic repeat request - confirms that the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK is a predetermined value, The number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that need to be fed back in any downlink sub-frame of the different pre-configured downlink sub-frames is different;
  • the receiving module is further configured to: receive downlink data scheduled by the downlink scheduling information in the downlink subframe F(i, j);
  • a processing module configured to receive, according to the downlink data received by the receiving module on the downlink subframe F(i, j), and the HARQ-ACK that needs to be fed back in the downlink subframe F(i, j) a number of bits, the HARQ-ACK codebook is generated, wherein the HARQ-ACK codebook includes at least one subcodebook, and the at least one subcodebook is in one-to-one correspondence with at least one preconfigured downlink subframe subset.
  • At least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset is at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset in the N pre-configured downlink subframe subsets, and the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset is included in the terminal receiving a subset of downlink subframes of downlink data scheduled by the downlink scheduling information; and generating uplink control information by encoding the HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • a sending module configured to send the uplink control information on the uplink subframe.
  • the HARQ-ACK included in the subcodebook is a HARQ of the scheduled downlink subframe in the preconfigured downlink subframe subset corresponding to the subcodebook.
  • ACK but does not include the HARQ-ACK of the downlink subframe that is not scheduled in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset corresponding to the sub-codebook.
  • the HARQ-ACK included in the subcodebook includes the HARQ-ACK of the scheduled downlink subframe in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset corresponding to the subcodebook; or the HARQ-ACK included in the subcodebook includes the subcodebook And corresponding to the HARQ-ACK of the scheduled downlink subframe in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset and the at least one padding bit, where the padding bit may be a preset value, such as a NACK.
  • the number of bits of the subcodebook is smaller than the number of HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to the subset of the preconfigured downlink subframes to which the subset of the downlink subframes belongs.
  • the padding bits may be located after the bit position of the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the downlink subframe in the subset of the immediate scheduling downlink subframes.
  • the receiving module is further configured to: before the processing module generates the HARQ-ACK codebook, receive the downlink included in each pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset First indication information corresponding to the subframe F(i, j), the first indication information is used to indicate that, according to the setting order, the downlink subframe F(i, j) includes the downlink subframe F(i, j) a sequence number in the scheduled downlink subframe of the pre-configured downlink subframe subset;
  • the processing module is specifically configured to: generate the at least one subcodebook as follows:
  • the receiving module is further configured to: before the processing module generates the HARQ-ACK codebook, receive second indication information corresponding to each pre-configured downlink subframe subset in the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset, where The second indication information is used to indicate:
  • a pre-configured downlink subframe subset including the downlink subframe F(i,j), a downlink subframe with the scheduled subframe number j, and a downlink subframe before the downlink subframe timing of the subframe number j The total number; or
  • the downlink subframe of the scheduled sub-frame number of the pre-configured downlink subframe group of the downlink subframe F(i,j) and the downlink subframe before the downlink subframe time of the subframe number j The total number of transport blocks transmitted; or
  • the second indication information is used to indicate: the number of bits of the sub-codebook corresponding to the subset of the pre-configured downlink subframes of the downlink subframe F(i, j), where the number of bits may also be referred to as a codebook size. Or codebook size.
  • the codebook size is smaller than the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the subset of the pre-configured downlink subframes, but is greater than or equal to the number of downlink subframes or the number of transport blocks in the subset of the downlink subframes.
  • the UE and the base station determine that the codebook is filled with at least one NACK, and the number of the specifically filled NACK is the foregoing codebook.
  • the size is reduced by the number of downlink subframes or the number of transmission blocks in which the downlink data is actually scheduled in the downlink subframe subset.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to:
  • the subcodebook corresponding to the subset of the preconfigured downlink subframes is generated according to the sequence number indicated by the first indication information and the second indication information.
  • the receiving module is further configured to: before the processing module generates the HARQ-ACK codebook, receive the downlink subframe F included in each pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset ( i, j) corresponding second indication information;
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe subset including the downlink subframe F(i, j) is sorted into the reciprocal 1, 2, ..., X-1, and the scheduled downlink subframe of the X according to the set order.
  • the corresponding value of the second indication information is A X-1 , A X-2 , . . . , A 1 , A 0 , and the value of the second indication information corresponding to the remaining downlink subframes.
  • A0 is respectively, and the remaining downlink subframes are pre-configured downlink subframe subsets including downlink subframes F(i, j), except that the ranking is a reciprocal 1, 2, ..., X-1, X a downlink subframe other than the scheduled downlink subframe, where A X-1 , A X-2 , . . . , A 1 and A 0 are different values; or
  • the value of the indication information is a loop value of ⁇ A X-1 , A X-2 , ..., A 1 , A 0 ⁇ ; or
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the included downlink subframe F(i,j) is sorted into the reciprocal 1, 2, ..., X-1, and the scheduled subframe number of X according to the set order.
  • the values of the second indication information corresponding to the downlink subframe of j are A X-1 , A X-2 , . . . , A 1 , A 0 , and the remaining subframes with the subframe number j are The corresponding second indication information has a value of A 0 , and the remaining downlink subframe number of the downlink subframe is a pre-configured downlink subframe subset including the downlink subframe F(i, j).
  • the descending number is 1, 2, ..., X-1, and the downlink subframe of the sub-frame number j other than the downlink subframe of the scheduled subframe number j of the X , the A X-1 , A X-2 , ..., A 1 and A 0 are different values; or
  • the values of the second indication information corresponding to the downlink subframes of the scheduled sub-frame number j in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset, which are in the reverse order of the setting sequence, are respectively ⁇ A X-1 , The loop value of A X-2 ,...,A 1 ,A 0 ⁇ ;
  • X is a positive integer greater than one
  • the processing module is specifically configured to:
  • the subcodebook corresponding to the subset of the preconfigured downlink subframes is generated according to the sequence number indicated by the first indication information and the second indication information.
  • the setting sequence includes:
  • the sequence between the carrier and the subframe includes: a carrier after the carrier or a carrier after the subframe;
  • the carrier sequence includes: the carrier index is from small to large, or the carrier index is from large to small;
  • the sub-frame sequence includes: subframe time from front to back, or subframe time from back to front.
  • the at least one subcodebook is in the HARQ-ACK
  • the codebook is cascaded.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides an access network device, including:
  • a sending module configured to send downlink scheduling information of the downlink subframe F(i, j) to the terminal, and send downlink data scheduled by the downlink scheduling information to the terminal in the downlink subframe F(i, j), where
  • the downlink subframe F(i, j) is a subframe in the pre-configured downlink subframe set M corresponding to the uplink subframe;
  • F(i,j) represents the downlink subframe j on the carrier i configured for the terminal, i ⁇ C, C is matched a set of all carriers that are allocated to the terminal for downlink data transmission; j ⁇ K, K is a set of downlink subframes corresponding to the uplink subframe;
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe set M is divided into N pre-configured downlink subframe subsets, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and each downlink subframe in a pre-configured downlink subframe subset needs feedback.
  • the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK is a predetermined value, and the hybrid automatic repeat request that needs feedback for any downlink subframe in the different pre-configured downlink subframe subsets - the number of bits of the acknowledge HARQ-ACK is different;
  • a receiving module configured to receive uplink control information that is sent by the terminal in the first subframe to feed back downlink data scheduled by the downlink scheduling information;
  • a processing module configured to decode the uplink control information to obtain a HARQ-ACK codebook, where the obtained HARQ-ACK codebook includes at least one subcodebook, and the at least one subcodebook and at least one pre Configuring a subset of downlink sub-frames, the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset is at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the N pre-configured downlink subframe subsets, the at least one pre-configured The downlink subframe subset is a subset of downlink subframes including downlink data scheduled by the downlink scheduling information.
  • the HARQ-ACK included in the sub-codebook is the HARQ-ACK of the scheduled downlink subframe in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset corresponding to the sub-codebook, but does not include the pre-configured downlink corresponding to the sub-codebook. There is no HARQ-ACK of the scheduled downlink subframe in the subframe subset.
  • the HARQ-ACK included in the subcodebook includes the HARQ-ACK of the scheduled downlink subframe in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset corresponding to the subcodebook; or the HARQ-ACK included in the subcodebook includes the subcodebook And corresponding to the HARQ-ACK of the scheduled downlink subframe in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset and the at least one padding bit, where the padding bit may be a preset value, such as a NACK.
  • the number of bits of the subcodebook is smaller than the number of HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to the subset of the preconfigured downlink subframes to which the subset of the downlink subframes belongs.
  • the padding bits may be located in the downlink subframe corresponding to the intra-time scheduling downlink subframe subset. After the bit position of the HARQ-ACK.
  • the sending module is further configured to: before the receiving module receives the uplink control information sent by the terminal, for each of the pre-configured downlink subframe subsets in the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset
  • the downlink subframe F(i,j) sends the first indication information corresponding to the downlink subframe F(i,j) to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate: the downlink subframe according to the setting sequence F(i,j) a sequence number in a downlink subframe scheduled in a pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the downlink subframe F(i,j); instructing the terminal to generate the at least one in the following manner Subcodebook:
  • the frame F(i,j) needs the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK to be fed back, and generates the subcodebook corresponding to the subset of the one preconfigured downlink subframe according to the sequence number indicated by the first indication information.
  • the sending module is further configured to: before the receiving module receives the uplink control information sent by the terminal, Each of the pre-configured downlink subframe subsets in the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset sends second indication information to the terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate:
  • the codebook size is smaller than the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the subset of the pre-configured downlink subframes, but is greater than or equal to the number of downlink subframes or the number of transport blocks in the subset of the downlink subframes.
  • the codebook size is greater than the number of downlink subframes or the number of transmission blocks in the subset of the downlink sub-frames
  • the UE and the base station determine that the codebook is filled with at least one NACK, and the number of the specifically filled NACK is the foregoing codebook.
  • the size is reduced by the number of downlink subframes or the number of transmission blocks in which the downlink data is actually scheduled in the downlink subframe subset. Instruct the terminal:
  • the subcodebook corresponding to the subset of the preconfigured downlink subframes is generated according to the sequence number indicated by the first indication information and the second indication information.
  • the sending module is further configured to: before the receiving module receives the uplink control information sent by the terminal, a downlink subframe F(i,j) included in each pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset, and the downlink subframe F(i,j) is sent to the terminal Corresponding second indication information;
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe subset including the downlink subframe F(i, j) is sorted into the reciprocal 1, 2, ..., X-1, and the scheduled downlink subframe of the X according to the set order.
  • the corresponding value of the second indication information is A X-1 , A X-2 , . . . , A 1 , A 0 , and the value of the second indication information corresponding to the remaining downlink subframes.
  • A0 is respectively, and the remaining downlink subframes are pre-configured downlink subframe subsets including downlink subframes F(i, j), except that the ranking is a reciprocal 1, 2, ..., X-1, X a downlink subframe other than the scheduled downlink subframe, where A X-1 , A X-2 , . . . , A 1 and A 0 are different values; or
  • the value of the indication information is a loop value of ⁇ A X-1 , A X-2 , ..., A 1 , A 0 ⁇ ; or
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the included downlink subframe F(i,j) is sorted into the reciprocal 1, 2, ..., X-1, and the scheduled subframe number of X according to the set order.
  • the values of the second indication information corresponding to the downlink subframe of j are respectively corresponding to the downlink subframes of A X-1 , A X-2 , . . . , A 1 , A 0 , and the remaining subframe numbers are j.
  • the value of the second indication information is A 0
  • the downlink subframe of the remaining subframe number j is a pre-configured downlink subframe subset including the downlink subframe F(i, j), except Sorting into a descending number 1, 2, ..., X-1, and a downlink subframe of subframe number j other than the downlink subframe in which the scheduled subframe number of j is j, the A X-1 , A X-2 ,...,A 1 and A 0 are different values; or
  • the values of the second indication information corresponding to the downlink subframes of the scheduled sub-frame number j in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset, which are in the reverse order of the setting sequence, are respectively ⁇ A X-1 , The loop value of A X-2 ,...,A 1 ,A 0 ⁇ ;
  • X is a positive integer greater than one
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal: for a pre-configured downlink subframe subset in the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset, receives according to the downlink subframe F(i,j)
  • the receiving condition of the downlink data and the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that the downlink subframe F(i,j) needs to feed back, according to the sequence number indicated by the first indication information and the second indication information generating station A subcodebook corresponding to a subset of pre-configured downlink subframes is described.
  • the setting sequence includes:
  • the sequence between the carrier and the subframe includes: a carrier after the carrier or a carrier after the subframe;
  • the carrier sequence includes: the carrier index is from small to large, or the carrier index is from large to small;
  • the sub-frame sequence includes: subframe time from front to back, or subframe time from back to front.
  • the at least one subcodebook is in the HARQ-ACK
  • the codebook is cascaded.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for sending uplink control information, including:
  • the terminal receives downlink scheduling information of the downlink subframe F(i, j), where the downlink subframe F(i, j) is a subframe in the pre-configured downlink subframe set M corresponding to the uplink subframe;
  • F(i,j) represents the downlink subframe j on the carrier i configured for the terminal, i ⁇ C, C is matched a set of all carriers for the downlink data transmission, where j ⁇ K, K is a set of downlink subframes corresponding to the uplink subframe;
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe set M is divided into N pre-configured downlink subframe subsets, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and each downlink subframe in a pre-configured downlink subframe subset needs feedback.
  • Hybrid automatic repeat request - confirms that the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK is a predetermined value, and the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that need to be fed back for any downlink subframe in the different pre-configured downlink subframe subsets is different;
  • the terminal generates HARQ based on the reception status of the downlink data received on the downlink subframe F(i, j) and the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that the downlink subframe F(i, j) needs to feed back.
  • An ACK codebook wherein the HARQ-ACK codebook includes at least one subcodebook, and the at least one subcodebook is in one-to-one correspondence with at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset, the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe The subset is the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the N pre-configured downlink subframe subsets, where the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset includes the downlink scheduling information received by the terminal a subset of downlink subframes of scheduled downlink data;
  • the terminal generates uplink control information by encoding the HARQ-ACK codebook
  • the terminal sends the uplink control information on the uplink subframe.
  • the HARQ-ACK included in the subcodebook is the HARQ of the scheduled downlink subframe in the preconfigured downlink subframe subset corresponding to the subcodebook.
  • ACK but does not include the HARQ-ACK of the downlink subframe that is not scheduled in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset corresponding to the sub-codebook.
  • the HARQ-ACK included in the subcodebook includes the HARQ-ACK of the scheduled downlink subframe in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset corresponding to the subcodebook; or the HARQ-ACK included in the subcodebook includes the subcodebook And corresponding to the HARQ-ACK of the scheduled downlink subframe in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset and the at least one padding bit, where the padding bit may be a preset value, such as a NACK. But it should be noted that whether or not to include a filled NACK, the child The number of bits of the codebook is smaller than the number of HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to the subset of pre-configured downlink subframes to which the subset of the downlink sub-frames belongs.
  • the padding bits may be located after the bit position of the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the downlink subframe in the subset of the immediate scheduling downlink subframes.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first indication information is used to indicate: According to the setting order, the sequence number of the downlink subframe F(i,j) in the downlink subframe scheduled in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the downlink subframe F(i,j);
  • the at least one subcodebook is generated as follows:
  • the terminal For receiving, according to the pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset, the terminal according to the downlink data received on the downlink subframe F(i, j) and the The downlink subframe F(i,j) needs the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK to be fed back, and generates the subcodebook corresponding to the subset of the one preconfigured downlink subframe according to the sequence number indicated by the first indication information.
  • the method further includes:
  • a pre-configured downlink subframe subset including the downlink subframe F(i,j), a downlink subframe with the scheduled subframe number j, and a downlink subframe before the downlink subframe timing of the subframe number j The total number; or
  • the scheduled subframe number of the pre-configured downlink subframe subset including the downlink subframe F(i, j) is j.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate: the number of bits of the sub-codebook corresponding to the subset of the pre-configured downlink subframes of the downlink subframe F(i, j), where the number of bits may also be referred to as a codebook size. Or codebook size.
  • the codebook size is smaller than the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the subset of the pre-configured downlink subframes, but is greater than or equal to the number of downlink subframes or the number of transport blocks in the subset of the downlink subframes.
  • the UE and the base station determine that the codebook is filled with at least one NACK, and the number of the specifically filled NACK is the foregoing codebook.
  • the size is reduced by the number of downlink subframes or the number of transmission blocks in which the downlink data is actually scheduled in the downlink subframe subset.
  • the terminal according to the receiving situation of the downlink data received on the downlink subframe F(i, j) and the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that the downlink subframe F(i, j) needs to feed back, according to the The sequence number indicated by the first indication information generates a subcodebook corresponding to the subset of any one of the preconfigured downlink subframes, including:
  • the terminal For receiving, according to the pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset, the terminal according to the downlink data received on the downlink subframe F(i, j) and the The downlink subframe F(i,j) needs the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK to be fed back, and generates a corresponding subset of the pre-configured downlink subframe according to the sequence number indicated by the first indication information and the second indication information. Subcodebook.
  • the method further includes:
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe subset including the downlink subframe F(i, j) is sorted into the reciprocal 1, 2, ..., X-1, and the scheduled downlink subframe of the X according to the set order.
  • the corresponding value of the second indication information is A X-1 , A X-2 , . . . , A 1 , A 0 , and the value of the second indication information corresponding to the remaining downlink subframes.
  • A0 is respectively, and the remaining downlink subframes are pre-configured downlink subframe subsets including downlink subframes F(i, j), except that the ranking is a reciprocal 1, 2, ..., X-1, X a downlink subframe other than the scheduled downlink subframe, where A X-1 , A X-2 , . . . , A 1 and A 0 are different values; or
  • the value of the indication information is a loop value of ⁇ A X-1 , A X-2 , ..., A 1 , A 0 ⁇ ; or
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the included downlink subframe F(i,j) is sorted into the reciprocal 1, 2, ..., X-1, and the scheduled subframe number of X according to the set order.
  • the values of the second indication information corresponding to the downlink subframe of j are A X-1 , A X-2 , . . . , A 1 , A 0 , and the remaining subframes with the subframe number j are The corresponding second indication information has a value of A 0 , and the remaining downlink subframe number of the downlink subframe is a pre-configured downlink subframe subset including the downlink subframe F(i, j).
  • the descending number is 1, 2, ..., X-1, and the downlink subframe of the sub-frame number j other than the downlink subframe of the scheduled subframe number j of the X , the A X-1 , A X-2 , ..., A 1 and A 0 are different values; or
  • the values of the second indication information corresponding to the downlink subframes of the scheduled sub-frame number j in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset, which are in the reverse order of the setting sequence, are respectively ⁇ A X-1 , The loop value of A X-2 ,...,A 1 ,A 0 ⁇ ;
  • X is a positive integer greater than one
  • the terminal according to the receiving situation of the downlink data received on the downlink subframe F(i, j) and the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that the downlink subframe F(i, j) needs to feed back, according to the The sequence number indicated by the first indication information generates a subcodebook corresponding to the subset of any one of the preconfigured downlink subframes, including:
  • the terminal For receiving, according to the pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset, the terminal according to the downlink data received on the downlink subframe F(i, j) and the The downlink subframe F(i,j) needs the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK to be fed back, and generates a corresponding subset of the pre-configured downlink subframe according to the sequence number indicated by the first indication information and the second indication information. Subcodebook.
  • the setting sequence includes:
  • the sequence between the carrier and the subframe includes: a carrier after the carrier or a carrier after the subframe;
  • the carrier sequence includes: the carrier index is from small to large, or the carrier index is from large to small;
  • the sub-frame sequence includes: subframe time from front to back, or subframe time from back to front.
  • the at least one subcodebook is in the HARQ-ACK
  • the codebook is cascaded.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for receiving uplink control information, including:
  • the access network device sends the downlink scheduling information of the downlink subframe F(i, j) to the terminal, and sends the downlink data scheduled by the downlink scheduling information to the terminal in the downlink subframe F(i, j), where
  • the downlink subframe F(i, j) is a subframe in the pre-configured downlink subframe set M corresponding to the uplink subframe;
  • F(i,j) represents a downlink subframe j on the carrier i configured for the terminal, i ⁇ C, C is a set of all carriers configured for downlink data transmission to the terminal; j ⁇ K, K a set of downlink subframes corresponding to the uplink subframes;
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe set M is divided into N pre-configured downlink subframe subsets, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and each downlink subframe in a pre-configured downlink subframe subset needs feedback.
  • the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK is a predetermined value, and the hybrid automatic repeat request that needs feedback for any downlink subframe in the different pre-configured downlink subframe subsets - the number of bits of the acknowledge HARQ-ACK is different;
  • the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset is at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the N pre-configured downlink subframe subsets, and the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe
  • the subset is a downlink that includes downlink data scheduled by the downlink scheduling information. A subset of subframes.
  • the HARQ-ACK included in the sub-codebook is the HARQ-ACK of the scheduled downlink subframe in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset corresponding to the sub-codebook, but does not include the pre-configured downlink corresponding to the sub-codebook. There is no HARQ-ACK of the scheduled downlink subframe in the subframe subset.
  • the HARQ-ACK included in the subcodebook includes the HARQ-ACK of the scheduled downlink subframe in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset corresponding to the subcodebook; or the HARQ-ACK included in the subcodebook includes the subcodebook And corresponding to the HARQ-ACK of the scheduled downlink subframe in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset and the at least one padding bit, where the padding bit may be a preset value, such as a NACK.
  • the number of bits of the subcodebook is smaller than the number of HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to the subset of the preconfigured downlink subframes to which the subset of the downlink subframes belongs.
  • the padding bits may be located after the bit position of the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the downlink subframe in the subset of the immediate scheduling downlink subframes.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that, according to the setting order, the downlink subframe F(i, j) is in a pre-configured downlink subframe that includes the downlink subframe F(i, j) Concentrating the sequence numbers in the scheduled downlink subframes;
  • the frame F(i,j) needs the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK to be fed back, and generates the subcodebook corresponding to the subset of the one preconfigured downlink subframe according to the sequence number indicated by the first indication information.
  • the method before receiving the uplink control information sent by the terminal, the method further includes:
  • Second indication information For each pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset, Sending, to the terminal, second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate:
  • the codebook size is smaller than the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the subset of the pre-configured downlink subframes, but is greater than or equal to the number of downlink subframes or the number of transport blocks in the subset of the downlink subframes.
  • the codebook size is greater than the number of downlink subframes or the number of transmission blocks in the subset of the downlink sub-frames
  • the UE and the base station determine that the codebook is filled with at least one NACK, and the number of the specifically filled NACK is the foregoing codebook.
  • the size is reduced by the number of downlink subframes or the number of transmission blocks in which the downlink data is actually scheduled in the downlink subframe subset.
  • the method before receiving the uplink control information sent by the terminal, the method further includes:
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe subset including the downlink subframe F(i, j) is sorted into the reciprocal 1, 2, ..., X-1, and the scheduled downlink subframe of the X according to the set order.
  • the corresponding value of the second indication information is A X-1 , A X-2 , . . . , A 1 , A 0 , and the value of the second indication information corresponding to the remaining downlink subframes.
  • A0 is respectively, and the remaining downlink subframes are pre-configured downlink subframe subsets including downlink subframes F(i, j), except that the ranking is a reciprocal 1, 2, ..., X-1, X a downlink subframe other than the scheduled downlink subframe, where A X-1 , A X-2 , . . . , A 1 and A 0 are different values; or
  • the value of the indication information is a loop value of ⁇ A X-1 , A X-2 , ..., A 1 , A 0 ⁇ ; or
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the included downlink subframe F(i,j) is sorted into the reciprocal 1, 2, ..., X-1, and the scheduled subframe number of X according to the set order.
  • the values of the second indication information corresponding to the downlink subframe of j are respectively corresponding to the downlink subframes of A X-1 , A X-2 , . . . , A 1 , A 0 , and the remaining subframe numbers are j.
  • the value of the second indication information is A 0
  • the downlink subframe of the remaining subframe number j is a pre-configured downlink subframe subset including the downlink subframe F(i, j), except Sorting into a descending number 1, 2, ..., X-1, and a downlink subframe of subframe number j other than the downlink subframe in which the scheduled subframe number of j is j, the A X-1 , A X-2 ,...,A 1 and A 0 are different values; or
  • the values of the second indication information corresponding to the downlink subframes of the scheduled sub-frame number j in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset, which are in the reverse order of the setting sequence, are respectively ⁇ A X-1 , The loop value of A X-2 ,...,A 1 ,A 0 ⁇ ;
  • X is a positive integer greater than one
  • the setting sequence includes:
  • the sequence between the carrier and the subframe includes: a carrier after the carrier or a carrier after the subframe;
  • the carrier sequence includes: the carrier index is from small to large, or the carrier index is from large to small;
  • the sub-frame sequence includes: subframe time from front to back, or subframe time from back to front.
  • the at least one subcodebook is in the HARQ-ACK
  • the codebook is cascaded.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a wireless communication system, including: an access network device and a terminal,
  • the access network device is configured to send downlink scheduling information of the downlink subframe F(i, j) to the terminal, and send the downlink scheduling information to the terminal in the downlink subframe F(i, j) The scheduled downlink data, where the downlink subframe F(i, j) is a subframe in the pre-configured downlink subframe set M corresponding to the uplink subframe;
  • F(i,j) represents a downlink subframe j on the carrier i configured for the terminal, i ⁇ C, C is a set of all carriers configured for downlink data transmission to the terminal; j ⁇ K, K a set of downlink subframes corresponding to the uplink subframes;
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe set M is divided into N pre-configured downlink subframe subsets, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and each downlink subframe in a pre-configured downlink subframe subset needs feedback.
  • the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK is a predetermined value, and the hybrid automatic repeat request that needs feedback for any downlink subframe in the different pre-configured downlink subframe subsets - the number of bits of the acknowledge HARQ-ACK is different;
  • the terminal is configured to receive downlink scheduling information of the downlink subframe F(i, j), and receive downlink data scheduled by the downlink scheduling information in the downlink subframe F(i, j), according to the The receiving condition of the downlink data received on the downlink subframe F(i,j) and the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that the downlink subframe F(i,j) needs to feed back, generate a HARQ-ACK codebook, and The HARQ-ACK codebook is encoded to generate uplink control information, and the uplink control signal is sent on the uplink subframe. interest;
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook includes at least one subcodebook, the at least one subcodebook is in one-to-one correspondence with at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset, and the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset is At least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the N pre-configured downlink subframe subsets, where the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset is configured to include downlink data scheduled by the terminal to receive the downlink scheduling information. a subset of the downlink subframes;
  • the access network device is further configured to receive uplink control information that is sent by the terminal in the first subframe to feed back downlink data scheduled by the downlink scheduling information, and the received The uplink control information is decoded to obtain a HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe set M is divided into the N pre-configured downlink subframe subsets, and the HARQ-ACK bits that need to be fed back for each downlink subframe in a pre-configured downlink subframe subset
  • the number is a predetermined value, and the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that need to be fed back is different for any downlink subframe in the different pre-configured downlink subframe subsets.
  • the terminal when the terminal generates the ACK/NACK codebook, according to a pre-configured downlink
  • the downlink subframe in the sub-frame subset needs feedback HARQ-ACK bit number feedback HARQ-ACK, so that after receiving the uplink control information generated by the HARQ-ACK codebook, the access network device also follows the pre-configured downlink subframe.
  • a HARQ-ACK feedback scheme is provided, which can support HARQ for feedback on downlink subframes on different carriers that are aggregated. The case where the number of ACK bits is different.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a manner of data transmission between a UE and an access network device in a current CA mode
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a third wireless communication system according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention and a third wireless communication system according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention;
  • FIG. 2B is a schematic structural diagram of a second wireless communication system according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of providing data transmission between an access network device and a terminal in a first type of wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • Embodiment 4 is a flowchart of data transmission between an access network device and a terminal in a second wireless communication system according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention and a third wireless communication system provided in Embodiment 3;
  • FIGS. 5A to 5D are schematic diagrams showing first indication information and second indication information in Embodiment 2 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a scenario in which a terminal cannot determine how to fill a NACK according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention
  • FIGS. 7A-7B are schematic diagrams showing first indication information and second indication information in Embodiment 3 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a scenario in which a terminal cannot determine how to fill a NACK according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an optional implementation manner according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to another optional implementation manner according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device according to an alternative implementation manner according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention in another alternative implementation manner;
  • FIG. 15 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting uplink control information according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 16 is a flowchart of a method for receiving uplink control information according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the embodiments of the present invention provide a terminal, an access network device, a wireless communication system, and an uplink control information transmission method, which are used to support different cases in which the number of HARQ-ACK bits to be fed back for downlink subframes on different carriers that are aggregated.
  • the access network device sends the downlink scheduling information of the downlink subframe F(i, j) to the terminal, and sends the downlink data scheduled by the downlink scheduling information, where the downlink subframe F(i, j) a subframe in the pre-configured downlink subframe set M corresponding to the uplink subframe;
  • F(i,j) represents a downlink subframe j on the carrier i configured by the terminal, i ⁇ C, C is a set of all carriers configured for downlink data transmission to the terminal; j ⁇ K, K is the above uplink a set of downlink subframes corresponding to the frame;
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe set M is divided into N pre-configured downlink subframe subsets, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, which is a HARQ-required feedback for each downlink subframe in a pre-configured downlink subframe subset.
  • the number of bits of the ACK is a predetermined value, and the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that need to be fed back is different for any downlink subframe in the different pre-configured downlink subframe subsets;
  • the terminal receives the downlink scheduling information of the downlink subframe F(i, j), and receives the downlink data scheduled by the downlink scheduling information in the downlink subframe F(i, j); the terminal is configured according to the downlink subframe F(i, j) Receiving the received downlink data and the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that the downlink subframe F(i,j) needs to feed back to generate a HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • the generated HARQ-ACK codebook includes at least one subcodebook, and the at least one subcodebook includes one-to-one correspondence with at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset, and the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset is N Pre-configuring at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset in the downlink subframe subset, where the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset is a subset of downlink subframes including downlink scheduling information sent by the access network device;
  • the terminal generates uplink control information by encoding the HARQ-ACK codebook, and sends the generated uplink control information on the uplink subframe.
  • the access network device receives the uplink control information sent by the terminal, and decodes the received uplink control information to obtain a HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe set M is divided into the N pre-configured downlink subframe subsets, and the number of HARQ-ACK bits that need to be fed back for each downlink subframe in a pre-configured downlink subframe subset is a predetermined one. Value, which requires feedback for any downlink subframe in a different pre-configured downlink subframe subset.
  • the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK is different. In this way, when the terminal generates the ACK/NACK codebook, the HARQ-ACK number of the HARQ-ACK bits to be fed back in the downlink subframe of the pre-configured downlink subframe subset is fed back, and thus the access is performed.
  • the network device After receiving the uplink control information generated by the HARQ-ACK codebook, the network device also provides an ACK/NACK codebook according to the number of HARQ-ACK bits that need to be fed back in the downlink subframe of the pre-configured downlink subframe subset.
  • the HARQ-ACK feedback scheme can support different cases in which the number of HARQ-ACK bits that need to be fed back for downlink subframes on different carriers that are aggregated.
  • the LTE system is taken as an example. However, this does not mean that the embodiment of the present invention is applicable to only the LTE system. In fact, any multiple carriers are provided for the same terminal for data transmission, and downlink subframes on different carriers.
  • the HARQ-ACK feedback scheme provided by the embodiment of the present invention may be adopted in the corresponding wireless communication system with different number of feedback information bits.
  • the downlink transmission that is, the access network device such as the base station transmits to the UE
  • the access network device is based on the Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing Access (OFDMA) multiple access method
  • the uplink transmission that is, the UE direction
  • the access network device transmission is based on the Single Carrier-Frequency Division Multiplexing Access (SC-FDMA) multiple access method.
  • OFDMA Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing Access
  • SC-FDMA Single Carrier-Frequency Division Multiplexing Access
  • the time-frequency resources are divided into OFDM symbols in the time domain dimension and subcarriers in the frequency domain dimension; for uplink transmission, the time-frequency resources are divided into SC-FDMA symbols in the frequency domain dimension.
  • the OFDM symbol and the SC-FDMA symbol are collectively referred to as a "time domain symbol.”
  • the smallest resource granularity is called a Resource Element (RE), that is, a time-frequency symbol representing a time domain symbol in the time domain and a sub-carrier on the frequency domain.
  • RE Resource Element
  • the basic time unit of the access network device scheduling is one subframe, and one subframe includes multiple time domain symbols. Or, for some scenarios where the transmission delay is required to be reduced, the base of the access network device scheduling This time unit can be one or more time domain symbols.
  • the specific scheduling procedure is that the access network device sends a control channel, such as a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), or an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH), and the control channel can carry the PDSCH or the PUSCH.
  • Scheduling information including control information such as resource allocation information and adjustment coding mode.
  • the UE receives the control channel in the subframe, and performs reception of the downlink data channel or transmission of the uplink data channel according to the scheduling information carried in the received control channel.
  • the LTE system supports two types of duplex modes: Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDD) and Time Duplexing Division (TDD).
  • FDD Frequency Division Multiplexing
  • TDD Time Duplexing Division
  • the LTE system adopting the FDD duplex mode referred to as the FDD LTE system
  • the downlink transmission and the uplink transmission use different carriers.
  • the uplink transmission and the downlink transmission use different times of the same carrier, and specifically include a downlink subframe, an uplink subframe, and a special subframe on one carrier.
  • the special subframe includes three parts: a Downlink Pilot Time Slot (DwPTS), a Guard Period (GP), and an Uplink Pilot Time Slot (UpPTS). Compensation for device conversion time and propagation delay for downstream to upstream.
  • DwPTS Downlink Pilot Time Slot
  • GP Guard Period
  • UpPTS Uplink Pilot Time Slot
  • downlink data can be transmitted in the DwPTS, but the PUSCH cannot be transmitted in the UpPTS. Therefore, from this perspective, the special subframe can be regarded as a downlink subframe.
  • the UE feeds back the HARQ-ACK in the subframe n.
  • the timing relationship between the PDSCH reception and the corresponding HARQ-ACK feedback is as shown in Table 2.
  • the subframe of the standard number is the uplink subframe n for feeding back the HARQ-ACK, and the number of the identifier indicates the HARQ corresponding to the PDSCH in the downlink subframe set in which the feedback nk (k belongs to K) needs to be fed back in the uplink subframe n.
  • Corresponding HARQ-ACK specifically n-7 is downlink subframe 5, and n-6 is downlink subframe 6.
  • the LTE system currently supports seven different TDD uplink and downlink configurations, where the uplink and downlink configuration is the first column in Table 2. As shown in Table 3, where D represents a downlink subframe, S represents a special subframe, and U represents an uplink subframe.
  • Table 3 Different TDD uplink and downlink configurations in the LTE system
  • the LTE system supports FDD CA, TDD CA, and FDD+TDD CA.
  • TDD CA For the TDD CA, it is further divided into a TDD CA with the same uplink and downlink configuration and a TDD CA with different uplink and downlink configurations.
  • the current PUCCH format supports transmission of the largest number of HARQ-ACK bits of 22.
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe set M corresponds to one uplink subframe on the primary carrier in the CA.
  • the downlink subframe F(i,j) ⁇ M, i ⁇ C, C is a set of all carriers configured for downlink data transmission to the terminal; j ⁇ K, K is a HARQ-ACK timing relationship, corresponding to one uplink subframe
  • the set of downlink subframes, the timing relationship may be a timing relationship between the PDSCH and the corresponding HARQ-ACK in the TDD LTE system listed in Table 2.
  • the LTE system supports up to five carriers for one UE for carrier aggregation, and the most typical TDD uplink and downlink configuration 2 is taken as an example, corresponding to the uplink subframe 2 on the uplink primary carrier, or the associated pre-configured downlink.
  • the subframe set M includes subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 on the 5 carriers, that is, a total of 20 downlink subframes.
  • a special subframe is regarded as a downlink subframe.
  • the meaning of "correspondence or association" mentioned herein can be understood as follows: the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the PDSCH in the above 20 downlink subframes is fed back in the uplink subframe 2, which can be specifically from PDSCH to HARQ in Table 2. - The timing relationship of the ACK is determined.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook refers to the HARQ-ACK original bit stream before channel coding, and the original bit stream can be sorted according to a certain ordering rule; these original HARQ-ACK information bits can be a bit stream of 1 or 0. Where "1" represents an ACK in which downlink data is correctly received, and "0" represents a NACK in which downlink data is not correctly received.
  • the HARQ-ACK information generated by the UE after performing channel coding on the HARQ-ACK codebook is sent to the access network device.
  • the access network device receives the HARQ-ACK information sent by the UE, and performs HARQ-ACK information on the HARQ-ACK information. After channel decoding, a HARQ-ACK codebook is obtained.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook generated by the UE may be pre-configured by the foregoing.
  • the downlink subframe set M is determined. Specifically, the ordering may be performed in the order of the first carrier after the subframe, that is, the foregoing sorting rule is the first carrier followed by the subframe. For example, the HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to the subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 of the carrier 1 are arranged first, and the HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to the subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 of the carrier 2 are arranged, and so on.
  • the UE needs to perform a process of filling the NACK.
  • the UE needs to feed back a scene with a large number of HARQ-ACK bits in one uplink subframe.
  • a CA with more carriers is introduced, referred to as "super CA”.
  • a 10 carrier or even a CA with a maximum of 32 carriers for example, a CA of 10 TDD uplink and downlink configurations 2 is used as an example, and an uplink subframe 2 on the uplink primary carrier needs to feed back a 40-bit HARQ-ACK.
  • Support 5 carriers CA but multiple carriers are configured as TDD uplink and downlink configuration 5.
  • the primary carrier is the uplink and downlink configuration 2 and the 4 secondary carriers are both the uplink and downlink configuration 5
  • One possible solution is to introduce a PUCCH format that supports transmission of a larger bit capacity.
  • the configuration of the TDD uplink and downlink configuration 2 of the 32-carrier may support 128 HARQ-ACK bits, so the introduction of the new format may cause uplink control.
  • the overhead of the channel increases.
  • An alternative embodiment of the present invention is applicable to a scenario in which the UE needs to feed back a large number of HARQ-ACK bits in one uplink subframe, which can effectively reduce the number of HARQ-ACK bits that the UE needs to feed back.
  • the communication system of various wireless communication systems includes, but is not limited to, a Global System of Mobile communication (GSM), and a code division.
  • Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) IS-95, Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) 2000, Time Division-Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access (TD-SCDMA), Wideband Code Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), Time Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution (TDD LTE), Frequency Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution (FDD LTE) ), Long Term Evolution-Advanced (LTE-advanced), Personal Handy-phone System (PHS), Wireless Fidelity (WiFi) as defined by the 802.11 series of protocols, Global Microwave Interconnect Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX), and various wireless communication systems that are evolving in the future.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • WiMAX Global Microwave Interconnect Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access
  • the terminal correctly transmits the HARQ-ACK.
  • the information the access network device can accurately know the situation that the terminal performs downlink data reception according to the received HARQ-ACK information.
  • the terminal in the embodiment of the present invention may be a wireless terminal, and the wireless terminal may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to the user, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or other processing device connected to the wireless modem.
  • the wireless terminal can communicate with one or more core networks via a radio access network (eg, RAN, Radio Access Network), which can be a mobile terminal, such as a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) and with a mobile terminal
  • RAN Radio Access Network
  • the computers for example, can be portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-integrated or in-vehicle mobile devices that exchange language and/or data with the wireless access network.
  • a wireless terminal may also be called a system, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, an access point, or an access point.
  • Remote Terminal Access Terminal, User Terminal, User Agent, User Device, or User Equipment.
  • the access network device may include a base station, or a radio resource management device for controlling the base station, or a base station and a radio resource management device for controlling the base station; the access network device may be a macro station or a small station.
  • the terminal is a terminal device that communicates with the access network device.
  • the access network device in the wireless communication system may be an evolved Node B (eNodeB), and the terminal may be a UE;
  • the SCDMA system or the WCDMA system the access network device in the wireless communication system provided by the embodiment of the present invention may include: a Node B (NodeB) and/or a Radio Network Controller (RNC), and the terminal may be a UE;
  • the access network device provided by the embodiment of the present invention may include a Base Transceiver Station (BTS) and/or a Base Station Controller (BSC); the terminal is a mobile station (Mobile Station,
  • the access network device may include an Access Point (AP) and/or an Access Controller (AC), and the terminal 202 may be a STA (STA).
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • BSC Base Station Controller
  • the terminal is a mobile station
  • Mobile Station For the WiFi system, the access network device may include an Access Point (AP) and/or an Access Controller (AC), and the terminal 202 may be a STA (
  • system and “network” are used interchangeably herein.
  • the term “and/or” in this context is merely an association describing the associated object, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and / or B, which may indicate that A exists separately, and both A and B exist, respectively. B these three situations.
  • the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or" relationship.
  • a first type of wireless communication system provided by Embodiment 1 of the present invention includes: an access network device 201 and a terminal 202, where
  • the access network device 201 is configured to send the downlink scheduling information of the downlink subframe F(i, j) to the terminal 202, and send the downlink data scheduled by the downlink scheduling information on the downlink subframe F(i, j), where
  • the downlink subframe F(i, j) is a subframe in the pre-configured downlink subframe set M corresponding to the uplink subframe; for example, a subframe in the pre-configured downlink subframe set M corresponding to one uplink subframe.
  • F(i,j) represents a downlink subframe j on the carrier i configured by the terminal, i ⁇ C, C is a set of all carriers configured for downlink data transmission to the terminal; j ⁇ K, K is the above uplink a set of downlink subframes corresponding to the frame;
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe set M is divided into N pre-configured downlink subframe subsets, where N is greater than Or an integer equal to 2, which is a predetermined value of the number of HARQ-ACKs that need to be fed back for each downlink subframe in a pre-configured downlink subframe subset, and is any downlink of different pre-configured downlink subframe subsets.
  • the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that the subframe needs to feed back is different;
  • the terminal 202 is configured to receive downlink scheduling information of the downlink subframe F(i, j), and receive downlink data scheduled by the downlink scheduling information in the downlink subframe F(i, j); according to the downlink subframe F(i, j) receiving the received downlink data and the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that the downlink subframe F(i,j) needs to feed back, generating the HARQ-ACK codebook; and encoding the generated HARQ-ACK codebook by generating Uplink control information, and transmitting the generated uplink control information on the uplink subframe;
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook generated by the terminal 202 includes at least one subcodebook, and the at least one subcodebook includes one-to-one correspondence with at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset, and the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset is At least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the N pre-configured downlink subframe subsets, the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset is a subset of downlink subframes including downlink scheduling information sent by the access network device 201 ;
  • the access network device 201 is further configured to receive the uplink control information sent by the terminal 202, and decode the received uplink control information to obtain a HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the following describes the process of performing downlink scheduling, downlink data transmission, and HARQ-ACK information feedback between the access network device 201 and the terminal 202, and the process includes the following steps:
  • the access network device 201 sends downlink scheduling information of the downlink subframe F(i, j) to the terminal 202.
  • S302 The terminal 202 receives the downlink scheduling information.
  • the access network device 201 sends the downlink data scheduled by the downlink scheduling information sent in step S301 on the downlink subframe F(i, j);
  • the terminal 202 receives the downlink data scheduled by the downlink scheduling information on the downlink subframe F(i, j) according to the downlink scheduling information received in step S302.
  • the terminal 202 generates a HARQ-ACK codebook according to the receiving condition of the downlink data received on the downlink subframe F(i, j) and the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that the downlink subframe F(i, j) needs to feed back, and Generating uplink control information by encoding the generated HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • the terminal 202 sends the generated uplink control information to the access network device 201.
  • the access network device 201 decodes the received uplink control information to obtain a HARQ-ACK codebook, and determines, according to the obtained HARQ-ACK codebook, the downlink subframe F scheduled in the pre-configured downlink subframe set M ( The reception of downlink data in i, j).
  • Step S301 and step S303 may be performed in one step.
  • the access network device 201 sends the downlink data scheduled by the downlink scheduling information in the same downlink subframe used for sending the downlink scheduling information.
  • the step S302 and the step S304 can also be completed in the same step.
  • the terminal 202 can receive the downlink data in the same downlink subframe according to the downlink scheduling information in the received downlink subframe.
  • the access network device 201 may adopt the manner as shown in FIG.
  • the downlink data is retransmitted.
  • the terminal 202 also receives the downlink scheduling information, and then receives the downlink data according to the received downlink scheduling information.
  • the downlink scheduling information is sent, and the scheduling terminal receives the downlink data in the downlink subframe m on the carrier 2, where the downlink scheduling information and the downlink scheduling information are scheduled.
  • the downlink data is sent and received in the downlink subframe at the same time, but the downlink scheduling information and the downlink data scheduled by the downlink scheduling information are on different carriers.
  • Step S301 the access network device 201 sends downlink scheduling information.
  • the access network device 201 sends downlink scheduling information of the downlink subframe F(i, j), where the downlink subframe F(i, j) is a pre-configuration corresponding to the uplink subframe.
  • the subframe in the downlink subframe set M, F(i, j) represents the downlink subframe j on the carrier i configured by the terminal 202, i ⁇ C, C is a set of all carriers configured to perform downlink data transmission to the terminal 202.
  • j ⁇ K, K is a set of downlink subframes corresponding to the foregoing uplink subframe.
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe set M may be in accordance with a HARQ-ACK timing relationship, such as the timing relationship between the PDSCH and the corresponding HARQ-ACK defined in Table 2, and all the aggregated carriers corresponding to one uplink subframe.
  • a HARQ-ACK timing relationship such as the timing relationship between the PDSCH and the corresponding HARQ-ACK defined in Table 2, and all the aggregated carriers corresponding to one uplink subframe.
  • Downstream subframe That is, the terminal 202 is configured with a pre-configured downlink subframe.
  • the downlink data reception of each downlink subframe in the set M is fed back to the HARQ-ACK on the uplink subframe according to the defined HARQ-ACK timing relationship.
  • the terminal 202 is configured with multiple carriers by the access network device 201, for example, configuring multiple carriers by using Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling, and the multiple carriers may be FDD carriers or TDD.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • Carrier each carrier includes multiple downlink subframes.
  • the uplink and downlink configurations of different carriers may be the same or different.
  • the uplink of the primary carrier The subframe 2 needs to feed back the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the downlink data channel in the downlink subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 on the above 10 carriers.
  • the downlink sub-frames in other words, the downlink data channels in the downlink sub-frames may be respectively scheduled by independent downlink control channels, or may be scheduled by a unified downlink control channel, or may be a combination of the two, for example, multiple downlink control. a channel, each downlink control channel scheduling a downlink data channel in at least one downlink subframe.
  • an independent downlink control channel scheduling is taken as an example for description.
  • the downlink subframes mentioned herein include normal downlink subframes, and also include special subframes in the TDD system.
  • the downlink control channel may be sent by the access network device 201 to schedule downlink data channels in the downlink subframes on the configured carriers, and the terminal 202 needs to feed back the downlink data channels. Upstream HARQ-ACK.
  • the terminal 202 sends the HARQ-ACK in the uplink subframe 2 as an example.
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe set M associated with the uplink subframe 2 includes: 40 downlink subframes of carrier 1 to carrier 10, subframe 5, subframe 6 and subframe 8, that is, the HARQ-ACK that the terminal 202 needs to feed back on the uplink subframe 2 of the carrier aggregation main carrier corresponds to the above
  • the downlink data channel in the downlink subframe set M is preconfigured.
  • the terminal 202 may receive the downlink control channel in the pre-configured downlink subframe set M. For example, the terminal 202 may receive the downlink control channel in each downlink subframe of the pre-configured downlink subframe set, or may only be in the foregoing Configuring downlink control in some subframes in the downlink subframe set Channels; then, the terminal 202 further receives the downlink data channels scheduled by the downlink control channels according to the received downlink control channel.
  • the downlink control channel and its scheduled downlink data channel will be in the same subframe.
  • the downlink control channel and its scheduled downlink data channel may also be in different subframes, as long as the correspondence between the downlink control channel and its scheduled downlink data channel can be identified, for example, a pre-agreed
  • the timing relationship between the two channels the access network device 201 sends the downlink control channel and the downlink data channel according to the pre-agreed timing relationship, and the terminal 202 can also receive the downlink control channel and the downlink data channel according to the pre-agreed timing relationship.
  • the downlink subframe subset in which the downlink data channel actually scheduled in the pre-configured downlink subframe set M of the terminal 202 is located is referred to as “instant scheduling downlink subframe set”, and the instant scheduling downlink subframe set is the foregoing pre-configuration.
  • the downlink data channel in the scheduled downlink subframe may include a first downlink data channel with downlink control channel scheduling, that is, a dynamically scheduled downlink data channel, and may also include a second downlink data channel without downlink control channel scheduling.
  • the downlink data channel of Semi-Persistent Scheduling SPS
  • the downlink data channel of the SPS is not scheduled by the downlink control during the initial transmission of the HARQ, but the downlink data channel of the SPS is directly transmitted in a pre-configured period, for example, 20 ms.
  • the access network device 201 can also send a separate special downlink control channel.
  • the downlink control information can be a PDCCH
  • the special downlink control channel does not schedule a downlink data channel, but is used to indicate termination of the SPS mechanism. Or the release, but the special downlink control channel also needs to have corresponding uplink HARQ-ACK feedback. Therefore, optionally, the subframe in the pre-configured downlink subframe set that transmits the special downlink control channel may also be recorded. In the instant scheduling downlink subframe set, the terminal 202 can also feed back the corresponding HARQ-ACK.
  • Step S302 The terminal 202 receives downlink scheduling information.
  • the terminal 202 receives the downlink scheduling information sent by the access network device 201.
  • the downlink scheduling information may include resource allocation information, and control information such as an encoding mode.
  • the terminal 202 learns the resource information used for the allocated downlink data transmission according to the received downlink scheduling information. And information such as the modulation and coding scheme of the downlink data, the terminal 202 receives the downlink data based on the information.
  • the terminal 202 may not receive downlink scheduling information when the quality of the wireless channel is poor. At this time, the terminal 202 cannot obtain the downlink scheduling information, and thus cannot receive the downlink data according to the downlink scheduling information.
  • the special downlink control channel is used to indicate termination or release of the SPS mechanism. Then the terminal 202 also receives the special downlink control channel.
  • Step S303 The access network device 201 transmits downlink data on the downlink subframe F(i, j).
  • the access network device 201 After transmitting the downlink scheduling information, the access network device 201 adjusts the control information such as the coding mode according to the resource allocation information in the downlink scheduling information, and transmits the downlink data in the downlink subframe F(i, j).
  • Step S304 The terminal 202 receives downlink data.
  • the terminal 202 receives the downlink data on the downlink subframe F(i, j) according to the downlink scheduling information received in step S302. If the terminal 202 does not receive the downlink scheduling information of the downlink subframe F(i,j) in step S302, the terminal 202 does not receive the downlink in the downlink subframe F(i,j) in step S304. The data is gone.
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe set M is a subset of N pre-configured downlink subframes, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the terminal 202 is a HARQ that needs feedback for each downlink subframe in a pre-configured downlink subframe subset.
  • the number of bits of the -ACK is a predetermined value.
  • Both the terminal 202 and the access network device 201 need to know in advance the division rules of the pre-configured downlink subframe set M, and the rules are the same for the terminal 202 and the access network device 201.
  • the terminal 202 generates an ACK/NACK codebook according to the same division rule, and the access network device 201 also parses the ACK/NACK codebook according to the same rule, so that the access network device 201 can accurately know the terminal 202 receiving the downlink data. .
  • the access network device 201 determines the above rules, and then notifies the terminal to the rule, that is, the access network device and the terminal have the same understanding of the rules.
  • both the terminal 202 and the access network device 201 need to know the value of N and the pre-configuration.
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe subset to which one downlink subframe belongs in the subframe subframe set M and knows the number of HARQ-ACK bits that need to be fed back in the downlink subframe of each pre-configured downlink subframe subset.
  • the access network device 201 and the terminal 202 can determine the number of HARQ-ACK bits that need to be fed back in the downlink subframe according to the data channel transmission mode of one downlink subframe, and determine the pre-configured downlink subframe to which the downlink subframe belongs.
  • the terminal 202 correctly fills the HARQ-ACK bit according to the determined number of the HARQ-ACK bits and the pre-configured downlink subframe subset to which the downlink subframe belongs, and generates the HARQ-ACK codebook, and the access network device 201 also follows The same rule parses the HARQ-ACK codebook, so that the downlink data can be accurately received.
  • the terminal 202 transmits the HARQ-ACK in the uplink subframe 2 as an example, and the data channel transmission mode on each of the 10 carriers configured by the terminal 202 may be the same or different, and it is assumed that two different configurations are configured.
  • Data channel transmission mode, and each PDSCH in the first data channel transmission mode is configured to correspond to one transport block, that is, corresponding to one HARQ-ACK bit, and each PDSCH in the second transmission mode is configured corresponding to two The transport block, that is, corresponds to 2 HARQ-ACK bits.
  • the access network device 201 can configure a transmission mode in which the terminal uses two transport blocks, that is, each downlink subframe on the carrier can transmit two transport blocks, and then each downlink subframe Corresponding to two HARQ-ACK bits, the downlink subframe on the carrier should be divided into two groups of HARQ-ACK bits; but the access network device 201 can also configure the terminal 202 for two transport blocks on the downlink subframe.
  • the HARQ-ACK spatially bound mode is used to feed back the HARQ-ACK.
  • the two transport blocks scheduled in one downlink subframe correspond to only one HARQ-ACK bit, that is, only two transport blocks are correctly received.
  • the downlink subframe on the carrier needs to be divided into one.
  • the group of HARQ-ACK bits that is, a group of one HARQ-ACK after spatial binding and one group of HARQ-ACK corresponding to one transport block. It is two independent groups.
  • the UE when the UE does not receive downlink scheduling information, different transmissions are configured for different carriers. Mode, so the UE cannot determine the number of bits to fill the HARQ-ACK bits.
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe set M may be divided into N pre-configured downlink subframe subsets.
  • N is an integer greater than or equal to 2
  • the terminal 202 is a hybrid automatic repeat request that needs to be fed back for each downlink subframe in a pre-configured downlink subframe subset - the number of bits of the acknowledge HARQ-ACK is a predetermined value. For example, 1 bit or 2 bits; the number of bits of HARQ-ACK that need to be fed back for any downlink subframe in different pre-configured downlink subframe subsets is different.
  • the number of pre-configured downlink subframe subsets depends on the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK to be fed back, and there are several possible values.
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe set M the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK to be fed back has two different values, and the pre-configured downlink subframe set M can be divided into two pre-configured downlink subframe subsets;
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe set M the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK to be fed back has three different values, and the pre-configured downlink subframe set M can be divided into three pre-configured downlink subframe subsets.
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe set M does not need to be grouped.
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe set M is divided into a first pre-configured downlink subframe subset and a second pre-configured downlink subframe subset. Therefore, since the instantaneous scheduling downlink subframe set is a subset of the pre-configured downlink subframe set, the instant scheduling downlink subframe set is also divided into the first immediate scheduling downlink subframe subset and the second immediate scheduling downlink subframe subframe.
  • the first instant scheduling downlink subframe subset is a subset of the first pre-configured downlink subframe subset
  • the second immediate scheduling downlink subframe subset is a subset of the second pre-configured downlink subframe subset.
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe set M may be divided into three pre-configured downlink subframe subsets.
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe set M does not need to be grouped.
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe set M may be divided into P pre-configured downlink subframe subsets.
  • P is an integer greater than or equal to 2
  • the terminal 202 is a predetermined value of the number of HARQ-ACKs that need to be fed back for each downlink subframe in a pre-configured downlink subframe subset, for example, 1 bit and 2 Bit.
  • the number of bits of HARQ-ACK that need to be fed back is not required to be limited to any downlink sub-frame in different pre-configured downlink subframe subsets.
  • the number of pre-configured downlink subframe subsets is greater than or equal to the number of bits of HARQ-ACK that need to be fed back.
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe set M the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK to be fed back has two different values, and the pre-configured downlink subframe set M can be divided into three or four pre-configured downlink subframes.
  • the number of HARQ-ACK bits that need to be fed back in the downlink subframe of a pre-configured downlink subframe subset is the same.
  • the capacity of one uplink subframe is limited. For a plurality of downlink subframes, the HARQ-ACK needs to be fed back in the same uplink subframe, and the uplink subframe load is relatively large.
  • the HARQ-ACK is transmitted on the uplink subframe of the primary carrier.
  • the HARQ-ACK of the downlink subframe may be placed in the uplink of the secondary carrier. Send on the frame.
  • the downlink subframes with the same number of HARQ-ACK bits that need to be fed back in the pre-configured downlink subframe set M are further subdivided into multiple pre-configured downlink subframe subsets, and the partial pre-configured downlink subframe subsets are further configured.
  • the transmission is performed on the uplink subframe of the secondary carrier, which solves the problem that the capacity of the primary carrier uplink subframe is insufficient.
  • the uplink subframe of the secondary carrier has the same subframe number as the uplink subframe of the primary carrier, so that the HARQ-ACK timing relationship does not need to be redefined.
  • the above two alternative solutions are only examples.
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe set M is divided into multiple pre-configured downlink subframe subsets, only the same pre-configured downlink sub-segment is guaranteed.
  • the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that need to be fed back in the downlink subframe of the frame subset is the same, and is a value that is known by both the access network device 201 and the terminal 202, so that the terminal 202 can correctly fill the NACK and access the network device. 201 is also able to correctly receive HARQ-ACK.
  • the terminal 202 generates a HARQ-ACK codebook in step S305.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook generated by the terminal 202 may include the HARQ-ACK bits of all the subframes in the pre-configured downlink subframe set M, or may only include all the downlink subframes scheduled in the pre-configured downlink subframe set M.
  • the HARQ-ACK bit that is, the HARQ-ACK bit of all the downlink subframes in the foregoing instantaneous scheduling downlink subframe set.
  • the terminal 202 may receive the downlink data according to the received downlink scheduling information. If the terminal 202 further receives the special downlink control information, the terminal 202 may further receive the downlink control channel according to the special downlink control channel. And the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that the downlink subframe needs to feed back, based on the timing relationship specified in Table 2, determining the original HARQ-ACK information bits that need to be fed back in the uplink subframe (such as the uplink subframe 2 above), thereby generating HARQ - ACK codebook.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook may correspond to the foregoing instant scheduling downlink subframe set.
  • the instant scheduling downlink subframe set includes a downlink subframe in which the access network device 201 schedules downlink data transmission. If the access network device 201 further transmits a special downlink control channel, the subframe in which the special downlink control channel is located is also included.
  • the following embodiments are not specifically described as assuming that there is no special downlink control channel, but the embodiment of the present invention can be used in the case where a downlink data channel and a special downlink control channel exist.
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe set M is divided into N pre-configured downlink subframe subsets
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook generated by the terminal 202 may include at least one sub-codebook.
  • At least one subcodebook is in one-to-one correspondence with at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset
  • the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset is at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the N pre-configured downlink subframe subsets
  • the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset is a subset of downlink subframes that include the terminal receiving the downlink scheduling information.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook generated by the terminal 202 includes only the HARQ-ACK bits of all the downlink subframes scheduled in the pre-configured downlink subframe set M, that is, the HARQ of all the downlink subframes in the foregoing instantaneous scheduling downlink subframe set.
  • - ACK bit when no downlink subframe is scheduled in one or more pre-configured downlink subframe subsets in the N pre-configured downlink subframe subsets, or the terminal 202 does not receive the N pre-configured downlink subframes
  • the terminal 202 may not be in the generated HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the HARQ-ACK bit corresponding to the pre-configured downlink subframe subset in which the downlink subframe is not scheduled is included.
  • the terminal 202 may generate N pre-configured downlinks when generating the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the sub-codebook corresponding to each of the pre-configured sub-subframe subsets in the frame subset, optionally, the terminal 202 may concatenate the generated N sub-codebooks to form one HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the terminal 202 may generate a subcodebook corresponding to each subset of the instantaneously scheduled downlink subframes in the N sub-scheduling sub-frame subsets, where the terminal 202 may optionally generate the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the generated N subcodebooks are concatenated to form a HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the terminal 202 and the access network device 201 need to know in advance the division rules of the pre-configured downlink subframe set M, which is the same for the terminal 202 and the access network device 201, where the terminal 202 is generated in cascade.
  • the rules adopted should also be known in advance by both the terminal 202 and the access network device 201.
  • the terminal 202 places the subcodebook corresponding to the subset of the preconfigured downlink subframes that need to feed back a small number of HARQ-ACK bits in front, according to the number of HARQ-ACK bits that need to be fed back.
  • the subcodebook corresponding to the pre-configured downlink subframe subset with a large number of HARQ-ACK bits is placed behind, so that the access network device 201 also parses the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the same rule, and may be accurate or HARQ-ACK bits. .
  • step S305 the terminal 202 performs channel coding on the generated HARQ-ACK codebook to generate uplink control information.
  • the terminal 202 After generating the HARQ-ACK codebook, the terminal 202 performs channel coding according to the codebook.
  • the channel coding type is not limited, and may be various channel coding such as linear block coding, convolutional code or Turbo code. If you use linear block coding, such as Reed Muller (RM, Reed Muller) code, you do not need to add a Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) before encoding; if you use convolutional code or Turbo, you can encode The CRC is added before, and may not be added. The embodiment of the present invention does not limit this.
  • RM Reed Muller
  • CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
  • the terminal 202 may also adopt different coding modes and CRC addition manners according to the codebook size. For example, if the codebook size is greater than a preset threshold, convolutional coding is used, and a CRC is added; Or equal to the preset threshold, the RM code is used, and no CRC can be added at this time.
  • Step S306 The terminal 202 sends uplink control information to the access network device 201.
  • the terminal 202 may send the uplink control information generated in step S305 on the PUCCH or the PUSCH.
  • the terminal 202 After the channel coding, the terminal 202 needs to map the encoded HARQ-ACK information to the physical resource before transmitting the uplink control information.
  • the physical resource may be a resource of a PUCCH or a PUSCH.
  • the PUCCH resource is taken as an example to describe how the terminal 202 determines the PUCCH resource.
  • the terminal 202 may determine the PUCCH resource according to the resource indication information.
  • the terminal 202 acquires a PUCCH resource set, where the PUCCH resource set includes at least one PUCCH resource of a PUCCH format; and the terminal 202 determines a PUCCH resource from the PUCCH resource set according to the resource indication information.
  • the terminal 202 may receive high-level signaling, such as RRC signaling, to obtain a PUCCH resource set configured by the access network device 201 for the terminal 202, where the set includes at least two PUCCH resources.
  • the PUCCH resources included in the set may have the same format, such as a PUCCH format (such as format 3) or a new PUCCH format (such as PUCCH format 4 based on the PUSCH channel structure) in the LTE system in the current CA mode, and may also include at least Two PUCCH formats, such as Format 3 and Format 4 above, or at least two new formats.
  • the terminal 202 determines the first PUCCH resource from the foregoing PUCCH resource set according to the resource indication information.
  • the resource indication information may include a downlink control channel of the currently scheduled downlink data channel, and may specifically include bits or other implicit state combinations in the control channels, such as adding a bit, or reusing current transmit power control (Transmit Power Control, TPC). ) field.
  • different PUCCH formats may be used to carry the HARQ-ACK for different codebook sizes, for example, the format 4 is used for the codebook size above the threshold; and the format 3 is used for the codebook size below the threshold.
  • different states of the resource indication information may be different.
  • the PUCCH format establishes a correspondence, and then determines a PUCCH format and a PUCCH resource according to the resource indication information. Or, establishing a relationship between the resource indication information, the codebook size, and the PUCCH format, and then determining the PUCCH resource and the PUCCH format according to the received resource indication information and the determined codebook size.
  • Step S307 The access network device 201 receives the uplink control information, obtains a HARQ-ACK codebook, and determines downlink data reception.
  • the access network device 201 After receiving the uplink control information sent by the terminal 202, the access network device 201 performs channel decoding using the same channel coding method as the terminal 202, and obtains a HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the access network device 201 also adopts the same cascading mode as the terminal 202 to the HARQ- A plurality of subcodebooks included in the ACK codebook are parsed.
  • the access network device 201 determines the HARQ-ACK bits that need to be fed back in the downlink subframe of each pre-configured downlink subframe subset according to the pre-configured dividing rule of the pre-configured downlink subframe set M that is the same as the terminal 202.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook is parsed to accurately obtain the HARQ-ACK of each downlink subframe fed back by the terminal 202, thereby determining the terminal 202 receiving the downlink data in the downlink subframe.
  • Embodiment 2 The structure of the wireless communication system provided in Embodiment 2 can be referred to FIG. 2B.
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe set M is not divided into subsets, and the terminal 202 only feeds back the HARQ-ACK to the downlink subframe scheduled by the access network device 201, and the terminal 202 determines whether the downlink scheduling information is missed, so as to facilitate The terminal 202 performs a padding NACK process on the HARQ-ACK of the missed detection location, thereby generating a HARQ-ACK codebook that is consistent with the understanding of the access network device 201.
  • the following describes the process of performing downlink scheduling, downlink data transmission, and HARQ-ACK information feedback between the access network device 201 and the terminal 202, and the process includes the following steps:
  • the access network device 201 sends downlink scheduling information and indication information of the downlink subframe F(i, j) to the terminal 202.
  • the terminal 202 receives the downlink scheduling information and the indication information.
  • the access network device 201 sends the downlink data scheduled by the downlink scheduling information sent in step S401 on the downlink subframe F(i, j);
  • the terminal 202 determines the downlink subframe scheduled by the access network device 201 according to the downlink scheduling information and the indication information received in the step S402. For example, the terminal 202 determines the received downlink scheduling information according to the received downlink scheduling information. Determining a downlink subframe, and determining, according to the indication information, a downlink subframe scheduled by the downlink scheduling information that is scheduled by the access network device 201 but is missed by the terminal 202, thereby determining a downlink subframe actually scheduled by the access network device 201, That is, the downlink subframe that is scheduled by the access network device 201; the downlink data scheduled by the downlink scheduling information is received on the determined downlink subframe scheduled by the access network device 201;
  • the terminal 202 generates a HARQ-ACK codebook according to the receiving condition of the downlink data received on the downlink subframe F(i, j) and the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that the downlink subframe F(i, j) needs to feed back, and Generating uplink control information by encoding the generated HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • the terminal 202 sends the generated uplink control information to the access network device 201.
  • the access network device 201 decodes the received uplink control information to obtain a HARQ-ACK codebook, and determines, according to the obtained HARQ-ACK codebook, the downlink subframe F scheduled in the pre-configured downlink subframe set M ( The reception of downlink data in i, j).
  • step S401 the access network device 201 not only sends downlink scheduling information to the terminal 202, but also sends indication information, and the specific implementation manner of the indication information is as follows.
  • step S402 the terminal 202 not only receives the downlink scheduling information, but also receives the foregoing indication information sent by the access network device 201;
  • step S405 the terminal 202 needs to determine the downlink subframe scheduled by the access network device 201 according to the received downlink scheduling information and the indication information, and according to the receiving situation of the downlink data and the number of HARQ-ACK bits that need to be fed back in the downlink subframe, The determined downlink subframe scheduled by the access network device 201 generates a HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • step S407 the access network device 201 decodes the received uplink control information to obtain a HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the access network device 201 should parse the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the scheduled downlink subframe.
  • the HARQ-ACK code should not be parsed according to the pre-configured downlink subframe set M. In this case, the downlink data is received in the scheduled downlink subframe.
  • Step S401 and step S403 may be performed in one step.
  • the access network device 201 sends the downlink data scheduled by the downlink scheduling information in the same downlink subframe used for sending the downlink scheduling information.
  • the step S402 and the step S404 are also performed in the same step.
  • the terminal 202 can receive the downlink data in the same downlink subframe according to the downlink scheduling information in the received downlink subframe.
  • the access network device 201 may adopt the manner as shown in FIG.
  • the downlink data is retransmitted.
  • the terminal 202 also receives the downlink scheduling information, and then receives the downlink data according to the received downlink scheduling information.
  • the downlink scheduling information is sent, and the scheduling terminal receives the downlink data in the downlink subframe m on the carrier 2, where the downlink scheduling information and the downlink scheduling information are scheduled.
  • the downlink data is sent and received in the downlink subframe at the same time, but the downlink scheduling information and the downlink data scheduled by the downlink scheduling information are on different carriers.
  • the indication information may be sent together with the downlink scheduling information, or may be sent separately, such as by separate signaling.
  • One downlink subframe F(i, j) may correspond to one indication information, or multiple downlink subframes may correspond to one indication information.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook generated by the terminal 202 includes only the HARQ-ACK of the downlink subframe scheduled by the access network device 201, reduces the size of the HARQ-ACK codebook, and the feedback pre-configured downlink subframe set M. Compared with the HARQ-ACK of all the downlink subframes, the occupation of the uplink control channel, such as the PUCCH, is reduced, and the data transmission efficiency is improved.
  • the access network device 201 only needs to parse the HARQ-ACK of the scheduled downlink subframe, and reduces the processing conformance of the access network device 201.
  • the instruction information will be described in detail below.
  • the HARQ-ACK code generated by the terminal 202 includes only the HARQ-ACK of the downlink subframe F(i,j) scheduled by the access network device 201, that is, generated for the foregoing instantaneous scheduling downlink subframe set. of.
  • the terminal 202 is configured with 10 carriers, and each carrier is a TDD configuration 2, and the pre-configured downlink subframe set associated with the uplink subframe 2 on the uplink primary carrier includes all 10 carriers. All downlink subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8.
  • the instantaneous scheduling sub-frame set that the terminal 202 is actually scheduled includes the sub-frame 4 of the carrier 1 to the carrier 7, the sub-frame 5 of the carrier 1+carrier 3+carrier 5, and the sub-carrier of the carrier 1 to the carrier 6.
  • Frame 6, and subframe 1 of carrier 1 to carrier 5, then these currently scheduled downlink subframes constitute a set of instantaneously scheduled downlink subframes.
  • the instant scheduling downlink subframe set is a subset of the foregoing pre-configured downlink subframe set.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook to be transmitted on the uplink subframe 2 on the uplink primary carrier is determined by the foregoing instantaneous scheduling downlink subframe set, that is, the HARQ-ACK codebook size is 21 at this time. It is assumed here that each downlink subframe corresponds to one HARQ-ACK bit.
  • the terminal 202 can accurately identify the foregoing instantaneous scheduling downlink subframe set according to the indication information, so that the access network device 201 and the terminal 202 have the same understanding of the HARQ-ACK codebook. Alternatively, it can be implemented by the above indication information.
  • the indication information may be carried on the downlink control channel, where the downlink control information may be a downlink control channel for scheduling the downlink data channel in the downlink subframe, that is, a downlink control channel for transmitting downlink scheduling information of the downlink subframe.
  • the indication information may include: first indication information and second indication information, where the first indication information may be referred to as a “Downlink Assignment Index (DAI) index indication”, and the second indication information may be called It is the "DAI Ending Instruction”.
  • DAI Downlink Assignment Index
  • the two indications may be new bits or multiplex existing bits in the current downlink control channel, or may be non-bit implicit indications, such as: a scrambling code or a partial state combination of some bits; or a DAI end indication. It can also be carried over a separate control channel.
  • the following takes the DAI index indication and the two-bit DAI end indication respectively included in each downlink control channel as an example, and details how to determine the HARQ-ACK code determined based on the instantaneous scheduling downlink subframe set by using the two DAI fields. this.
  • the terminal 202 misses a part of the downlink control channel, for example, the terminal 202 continuously receives the downlink control channel with the DAI index of 1 and 4, the terminal 202 can know that the DAI index between the missed check is 2 and 3 respectively. a downlink control channel, so that the terminal 202 can place two zero bits, that is, padding, the HARQ-ACK bit position associated with the downlink subframe corresponding to the two missed downlink control channels when determining the HARQ-ACK codebook. NACK.
  • the access network device 201 schedules a total of four downlink control channels, and the values indicated by the DAI index are 1, 2, 3, and 4, respectively, but the terminal 202 only receives the DAI index indication values of 1, 2, and 3. The three downlink control channels, then the terminal 202 is unable to find the missed detection problem of the last downlink control channel.
  • a DAI end indication may be introduced.
  • the method is not the only method for determining the end downlink control channel miss detection, for example, if the UE does not determine the end of the missed detection.
  • the downlink control information the access network device 201 does not pass during the CRC check, so the access network device 201 can determine the HARQ-ACK codebook error fed back by the terminal 202.
  • the access network device 201 considers that each HARQ-ACK bit in the HARQ-ACK codebook fed back by the terminal 202 is a NACK, and the subsequent access network device 201 Start the physical layer retransmission schedule.
  • the CRC check ensures that the access network device 201 does not misdetect the NACK of the terminal 202 as an ACK, thereby avoiding the occurrence of a serious error event in which the NACK is incorrectly judged as an ACK, because the error event causes the physical layer to drop packets. That is, the access network device 201 considers that the terminal 202 does not receive the correct downlink data and is correctly received. Therefore, the access network device 201 does not initiate physical layer retransmission, and subsequently initiates high layer retransmission, such as radio link control (RLC). , Radio Link Control) layer retransmission, the high-level retransmission will greatly reduce the system resource utilization efficiency than the physical layer retransmission.
  • RLC radio link control
  • the foregoing access network device 201 combines a CRC and a DAI index indication to determine a HARQ-ACK codebook error.
  • the access network device 201 determines that the HARQ-ACK codebook is in error, the HARQ-ACK codebook is started. Retransmission schedule of all downlink subframes that are fed back. For those downlink data that the terminal 202 receives the correct downlink subframe, it is retransmitted. In a certain sense, the data transmission efficiency is still not high. Therefore, optionally, the terminal 202 can determine the missed detection of the end downlink scheduling information according to the DAI end indication described below. Compared with the method combining CRC and DAI index, the data transmission efficiency is significantly improved.
  • the DAI end indication is used to indicate the total number of scheduled PDSCHs in the current subframe in the current scheduling downlink subframe set.
  • the PDSCH in which the current subframe is scheduled may include: For each downlink subframe on the carrier that is the same as the subframe number of the current subframe, the modulo rule of the value of the total DAI is consistent with that indicated by the DAI index, that is, [(X-1) mod 4]+1.
  • FIG. 5B it is used to indicate the current subframe in the foregoing instantaneous scheduling downlink subframe set and the total number of PDSCHs scheduled in the previous subframe.
  • a method of predictive scheduling can also be adopted, for example, changing the denominator in FIG. 5B to 1.
  • the DAI end indication is used to indicate the total number of scheduled PDSCHs in the instant scheduling downlink subframe set, but this requires the access network device 201 to perform prediction when scheduling, for example, when scheduling subframe 4, It is predicted whether subframes 5, 6, and 8 need to be scheduled and accurately count the number of subframes because the values of the total number of DAIs in these downlink control channels are to be consistent.
  • This kind of predictive scheduling brings a certain implementation complexity.
  • the second indication information may be located in each downlink scheduling information for scheduling the downlink subframes; or the second indication information does not need to be located in the downlink scheduling for scheduling the downlink subframes.
  • the information as long as there is at least one second indication information for a plurality of scheduled downlink subframes having a certain subframe number, or as long as a plurality of scheduled downlinks for a certain instantaneous scheduling downlink subframe subset are guaranteed There is at least one second indication information in the subframe.
  • the remaining DAI end indication has a value of 1.
  • the total indication of the DAI end indication may further include a number of special downlink control channels, which are used to indicate resource release of semi-persistent scheduling, and are not used for scheduling PDSCH.
  • the cumulative count indicated by the DAI index may also include the special downlink control channel described above.
  • the above-mentioned DAI index indication and the DAI end indication may enable the terminal 202 to accurately recover the HARQ-ACK code corresponding to the downlink subframe actually scheduled by the access network device 201 even if there is a certain missed downlink control channel. this.
  • each downlink subframe corresponds to one HARQ-ACK bit. If each carrier is configured with a different data channel transmission mode, it is likely that the number of HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to the downlink subframes on different carriers is different.
  • LTE supports nine data channel transmission modes as shown in Table 1, in which PDSCHs scheduled in one downlink subframe under transmission modes 1, 2, 5, 6, and 7 are all single transmission blocks, that is, each The downlink subframes correspond to one HARQ-ACK bit; and the PDSCHs scheduled in one downlink subframe in the transmission modes 3, 4, 8, and 9 may be two transport blocks, that is, each downlink subframe corresponds to two HARQs. - ACK bit.
  • each carrier configured for the terminal 202 can adopt a different transmission mode.
  • the method for generating a HARQ-ACK codebook based on the instantaneous scheduling downlink subframe set provided by the second embodiment has a certain error risk.
  • An example is as follows:
  • the terminal 202 is configured with 8 FDD carriers, one of which is a downlink subframe.
  • the maximum number of transport blocks that can be scheduled in each downlink subframe in which carrier 1 to carrier 8 are configured is ⁇ 1, 2, 2, 2, 1, 1, 2, 1 ⁇
  • the access network The device 201 schedules the downlink data channel in the downlink subframe of the six carriers.
  • the value of the DAI index indication in the corresponding downlink control channel is ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4, 1,2 ⁇ .
  • the terminal 202 can find that a DAI index indication is missed by using the values of the two DAI indexes indicated before and after respectively being 3 and 1.
  • the value of the downlink control channel is 4, but the terminal 202 does not know whether the downlink control channel of the carrier 4 or the carrier 5 is missed, and the downlink subframe on the carrier 4 corresponds to 2 HARQ-ACK bits, and the carrier 5
  • the downlink subframe corresponds to 1 HARQ-ACK bit, so the terminal 202 does not know whether 1 zero or two zeros should be filled, which may cause a risk of inconsistency with the access network device 201 for the HARQ-ACK codebook, and finally
  • the access network device 201 causes an error in parsing the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • different carriers of the terminal 202 may be configured with different data channel transmission modes, which may result in unequal number of maximum transmission blocks scheduled in different downlink subframes, resulting in downlink scheduling based on real-time scheduling.
  • the subframe set determines the scheme of the HARQ-ACK codebook. Therefore, in combination with the first embodiment and the second embodiment, the solution of the third embodiment is provided.
  • the third embodiment provides a third wireless communication system.
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe set M is divided into N pre-configured downlink subframe subsets, and the terminal 202 determines, according to the indication information provided in the second embodiment, the instantaneous scheduling downlink subframe in each pre-configured downlink subframe subset.
  • the subset generates a HARQ-ACK codebook for the instantaneous scheduling downlink subframe subset.
  • the structure of the wireless communication system provided in Embodiment 3 can also refer to FIG. 2A.
  • the access network device 201 not only sends downlink scheduling information to the terminal 202, but also sends indication information such as that described in the second embodiment.
  • the terminal 202 feeds back the HARQ-ACK only to the downlink subframe scheduled by the access network device 201.
  • the third embodiment differs from the second embodiment in that, in the third embodiment, the pre-configured downlink subframe set M is divided into N pre-configured downlink subframe subsets, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, which is a pre-configured downlink sub-
  • the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that need to be fed back for each downlink subframe in the subset of the frame is a predetermined value, and the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that need to be fed back is different for any downlink subframe in the different pre-configured downlink subframe subsets. .
  • the first indication information that is, the DAI index indication is for a pre-configured downlink subframe subset, and the first indication corresponding to the downlink subframe F(i, j) of the pre-configured downlink subframe subset
  • the information is used to indicate the sequence number in the downlink subframe in which the downlink subframe F(i,j) is scheduled in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset including the downlink subframe F(i,j), in the order of setting, for example:
  • the first indication information may be accumulated in the downlink subframes scheduled in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset according to the foregoing setting sequence.
  • the generated HARQ-ACK codebook includes at least one subcodebook, and the at least one subcodebook corresponds to at least one preconfigured downlink subframe subset, the at least one.
  • a pre-configured downlink subframe subset is at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the N pre-configured downlink subframe subsets, where the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset includes the terminal 202 receiving the downlink scheduling A subset of the downlink subframes of the information.
  • At least one subcodebook is generated as follows:
  • the terminal 202 receives the downlink data received on the downlink subframe F(i,j) and the downlink subframe F(i,j).
  • the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that needs to be fed back is generated according to the sequence number indicated by the first indication information, and a sub-codebook corresponding to the subset of the pre-configured downlink subframes is generated.
  • the indication information may include the second indication information, that is, the DAI end indication, in addition to the first indication information.
  • the second indication information corresponds to a pre-configured downlink subframe subset, and a pre-configured downlink subframe subset, and the corresponding second indication information has multiple optional implementation manners, as follows:
  • the second indication information is used to indicate: the total number of downlink subframes in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset including the downlink subframe F(i, j) and the scheduled subframe number j.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate: a pre-configured downlink subframe subset including the downlink subframe F(i, j), a downlink subframe with the scheduled subframe number j, and a downlink subframe with the subframe number j The total number of downlink subframes before the moment.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate: the total number of scheduled downlink subframes in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset including the downlink subframe F(i, j).
  • the total number of transport blocks transmitted in the downlink subframe in which the sub-frame number of the sub-frame number of the downlink sub-frame F(i, j) is scheduled to be scheduled is j.
  • the downlink subframe of the scheduled sub-frame number of the pre-configured downlink subframe group including the downlink subframe F(i, j) is transmitted in the downlink subframe before the downlink subframe time of the subframe number j, and is transmitted in the downlink subframe before the downlink subframe time of the subframe number j
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe subset including the downlink subframe F(i, j) is sorted in the set order as the reciprocal 1, 2, ..., X-1, and the corresponding subframe of the X-relayed downlink subframe
  • the values of the two indications are A X-1 , A X-2 , . . . , A 1 , A 0
  • the values of the second indication information corresponding to the remaining downlink subframes are respectively A 0
  • the remaining downlinks are respectively
  • the frame is a pre-configured downlink subframe subset including the downlink subframe F(i,j), except for the downlink sub-frames of the scheduled downlink subframes of the reciprocal 1, 2, ..., X-1, X.
  • the frames, A X-1 , A X-2 , ..., A 1 and A 0 are different values, where X is a positive integer greater than one.
  • the second indication information corresponding to the scheduled downlink subframe in the subset of the pre-configured downlink subframes in the reverse order of the setting sequence is in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the downlink subframe F(i, j)
  • the values are the loop values of ⁇ A X-1 , A X-2 , . . . , A 1 , A 0 ⁇ , where X is a positive integer greater than one.
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the included downlink subframe F(i,j) is sorted in the set order as the reciprocal 1, 2, ..., X-1, and the scheduled subframe number of X is j.
  • the second indication information corresponding to the downlink subframe is A X-1 , A X-2 , . . . , A 1 , A 0 , and the second subframe corresponding to the remaining subframe number j is the second subframe corresponding to the downlink subframe.
  • the value of the indication information is A 0
  • the downlink subframes with the remaining subframe number j are the pre-configured downlink subframe subsets including the downlink subframe F(i, j), except that the order is the reciprocal 1, 2, .. , X-1, and the downlink subframe of the subframe number j of which the scheduled subframe number of X is other than the downlink subframe of j, A X-1 , A X-2 , ..., A 1 And A 0 is a different value, where X is a positive integer greater than one.
  • the values of the second indication information corresponding to the downlink subframes of the scheduled sub-frame number j in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset in the reverse order of the setting order are respectively ⁇ A X-1 , A X-2 ,..., A 1 , A 0 ⁇ The value of the loop.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the number of bits of the sub-codebook corresponding to the subset of the pre-configured downlink subframes of the downlink subframe F(i, j), and the number of the bits may also be referred to as a codebook size or a codebook size. .
  • the codebook size is smaller than the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the subset of the pre-configured downlink subframes, but is greater than or equal to the number of downlink subframes or the number of transport blocks in the subset of the downlink subframes.
  • the UE and the base station determine that the codebook is filled with at least one NACK, and the number of the specifically filled NACK is the foregoing codebook.
  • the size is reduced by the number of downlink subframes or the number of transmission blocks in which the downlink data is actually scheduled in the downlink subframe subset.
  • the base station performs scheduling in the subframes 5, 6, and 8 for the UE, but finally, for some reason, the base station actually schedules the downlink subframe number of the downlink data of the UE in the instantaneous scheduling downlink subframe subset to be 20,
  • the above reasons include the control channel capacity, and the priorities of other UEs are higher than the scheduling on the UE or the unlicensed carrier, and the load on the carrier is also determined. Since the actual number of downlink subframes to be actually scheduled is 20, the actual value of the estimated X can be finally determined to be 22, so according to this rule, both the UE and the base station will put the codebook of the HARQ-ACK codebook at this time.
  • the size is understood to be 22 bits, and the positions of the first 20 bits of the 22 bits correspond to the actually scheduled downlink subframes in the immediate scheduling downlink subframe subset, and the positions of the last two bits are NACK-filled.
  • the base station finally determines that the number of downlink subframes that actually schedule the UE in the immediate scheduling downlink subframe is 16, and the X may be understood as 18, and the last 2 bit positions of the HARQ-ACK codebook are filled with NACK.
  • the base station may estimate the codebook size of one HARQ-ACK codebook in advance, and then perform actual scheduling on the UE in the instantaneous scheduling downlink subframe set, and then finally determine the downlink of the actual scheduling in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the HARQ-ACK bit position corresponding to the data, and the padding NACK processing for other locations avoids the prediction scheduling problem, and the above flexible X resolution does not impose restrictions on the number of scheduled subframes.
  • the UE may be configured with the number of downlink subframes that are actually scheduled in the N, and N is greater than 1, and then the total number of DAIs is used to dynamically select one of the N numbers as the current HARQ-ACK codebook size. It is possible to perform NACK padding for the dynamically selected codebook size, but it is not as flexible as the method in the above embodiment, because the dynamically selected codebook size must be determined, and the current instant scheduling downlink In the sub-frame subset, the actual scheduled downlink subframe cannot be arbitrarily determined.
  • the terminal 202 may receive the downlink data received on the downlink subframe F(i, j) and the downlink subframe F(i, j).
  • the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that needs to be fed back is generated according to the sequence number indicated by the first indication information and the second indication information, and a sub-codebook corresponding to the subset of the pre-configured downlink subframes is generated.
  • the method may include: an order between a carrier and a subframe, and a carrier sequence and a subframe order;
  • the sequence between the carrier and the subframe may include: a carrier after the carrier or a carrier after the subframe;
  • the carrier sequence may include: the carrier index is from small to large, or the carrier index is from large to small; the subframe sequence includes: the subframe time is from front to back, or the subframe time is from back to front.
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe set M is divided into N pre-configured downlink subframe subsets, and the different pre-configured downlink subframe subset downlink subframes need to feed back different HARQ-ACK bits, and the same pre-configured downlink subframe subset The downlink subframes need to feed back the same number of HARQ-ACK bits.
  • the first indication information and the second indication information correspond to a pre-configured downlink subframe subset, and not to the pre-configured downlink subframe set M.
  • the terminal 202 can accurately determine, according to the first indication information, which downlink scheduling information in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset is missed according to the second indication information, and the terminal 202 also knows in advance The number of HARQ-ACK bits that need to be fed back in a pre-configured downlink subframe subset, so that when determining the downlink scheduling information miss detection, the correct number of HARQ-ACKs can be filled.
  • the 10 carriers of the terminal 202 are divided into two groups according to the data channel transmission mode, and the carriers ⁇ 1, 4, 5, 7, 10 ⁇ are the first group, and the downlink subframes 4, 5, 6 on the first group of carriers are
  • the 20 downlink subframes constitute a first pre-configured downlink subframe subset, wherein the PDSCH scheduled in the current data channel transmission mode in each subframe corresponds to one transport block, that is, corresponds to one HARQ-ACK bit.
  • the carrier ⁇ 2, 3, 6, 8, 9 ⁇ is the second group, and the 20 downlink subframes of the downlink subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 on the second group of carriers constitute the second pre-configured downlink subframe.
  • a subset, wherein the PDSCH scheduled in the current data channel transmission mode in each subframe corresponds to 2 transport blocks, that is, corresponding to 2 HARQ-ACK bits.
  • the actually scheduled downlink subframes are subframe 4 and subframe 6 on all first groups of carriers, and subframes 5 on carriers 1, 4, 5, and 10, and Subframes 8 on carriers 1 and 4, which constitute a subset of the first instant scheduling downlink subframe.
  • the HARQ-ACKs in the first sub-codebook corresponding to the downlink sub-frames of the first instant-scheduled sub-frame are sorted according to the set order, and optionally, may be in the forward order of the first-carrier re-sub-frames, specifically An indication information, that is, a DAI index indication, that the DAI index indication can be bit
  • An indication information that is, a DAI index indication, that the DAI index indication can be bit
  • the downlink control channels for scheduling the first instant scheduling downlink subframe subset may be located in the special downlink control channel if the special downlink control channel is present, or if only the special downlink control channel exists, only It exists in these special downlink control channels.
  • the value indicated by the DAI index may be cumulatively counted in the forward order of the subframe after the preceding carrier.
  • the forward sequence mentioned here may be specifically according to a carrier index (index), which may also be referred to as a carrier sequence number, from small to large or from large to small, and then the order of the subframes is from first to last.
  • index which may also be referred to as a carrier sequence number
  • Other carrier ordering methods are not excluded, as long as they are in a predefined order.
  • the above 2-bit DAI index indication is also a specific example, and the DAI index indication schemes of other bit numbers are similar and are not excluded.
  • the terminal 202 can determine the downlink control channel that is missed in the middle based on the DAI index indication, but cannot determine the downlink control channel that is missing at the end.
  • the CRC before channel coding can be combined. For example, if the UE does not determine that the last downlink control channel is missed, the access network device 201 does not pass during the CRC check, so the access network device 201 can determine the terminal.
  • the feedback HARQ-ACK codebook error is 202, and then the physical layer retransmission is performed.
  • the access network device 201 may send the second indication information in addition to the first indication information.
  • the terminal is configured to determine whether the last one to several downlink control channels in the subset of the downlink subframes are temporarily scheduled, or the last one to several downlink control channels in each subframe.
  • a 2-bit DAI end indication is taken as an example.
  • the DAI end indication is located in each downlink control channel that schedules the current scheduling downlink subframe set, and may of course be located only in a part of the downlink control channel of the downlink control channels of the scheduled downlink data channels;
  • the indication may also be other special downlink control signals other than the non-scheduled downlink data channels.
  • at least one such special downlink control channel is sent for each subframe or at least one such special downlink control channel is sent for each of the intra-scheduled downlink subframe subsets.
  • the DAI end indication can have multiple setting methods.
  • the DAI end indication may be set independently for each downlink subframe, or multiple downlink subframes may correspond to the same DAI end indication.
  • the DAI end indication may be independently set for each subframe, and used to indicate the number of PDSCHs scheduled in the current subframe;
  • the DAI end indication may be independently set for each subframe, and is used to indicate the number of transport blocks (TBs) scheduled in the current subframe.
  • each subframe in the first instant scheduling downlink subframe subset independently sets a DAI end indication, where the value represents the total number of scheduled downlink data channels of the current subframe, and the total number may or may not include the foregoing SPS.
  • the downlink data channel because the downlink data channel of the SPS is not the immediate scheduling, but the period and the specific subframe position are determined in advance, so that only one rule is determined in the above-mentioned DAI total indication.
  • the special downlink control channel is considered, the value of the total DAI indication needs to include the special downlink control channel, that is, the total number of downlink data channels of the current subframe needs to be added plus the total number of the special downlink control channels.
  • the specific value setting method of the DAI end indication can also adopt the cyclic modulo mode.
  • the access network device 201 is not required to perform prediction in advance during scheduling, which reduces scheduling complexity.
  • the total number of DAIs set indicates that only the total number of scheduled downlink data channels of the current subframe n needs to be considered, and it is not required to predict when the subframe n is scheduled.
  • the count value of the previous subframe may be accumulated for each subframe, as shown in FIG. 5B.
  • the DAI end indication may be independently set for each subframe, and indicates the inverse X-1 scheduled PDSCHs in the current subframe.
  • the first instant scheduling downlink subframe subset is sorted according to the setting order, and the second indication information corresponding to the reciprocal 1, 2, . . . , X-1, and X scheduled downlink subframes is taken.
  • the values are A X-1 , A X-2 , . . . , A 1 , A 0
  • the second indication information corresponding to the remaining downlink subframes is A 0
  • the remaining downlink subframes include downlink sub-frames.
  • the sub-frame of the pre-configured downlink sub-frame of the frame F(i,j), except for the downlink sub-frames other than the scheduled downlink sub-frames of the reciprocal 1, 2, ..., X-1, X, A X- 1 , A X-2 , ..., A 1 and A 0 are different values, wherein X is a positive integer greater than 1. Wherein, optionally, X is the Y power of 2, and Y is the number of bits indicated by the DAI end.
  • the DAI end indication may also be used to indicate the PDSCH scheduling of the reciprocal X-1 of the first instant scheduling downlink subframe subset, and the value of the DAI end indication is similar to the foregoing method.
  • the terminal 202 After determining the first sub-codebook and the second sub-codebook according to the setting rules of the DAI index indication and the DAI end indication, the terminal 202 concatenates the two sub-codebooks, for example, the first sub-codebook first.
  • the DAI end indication is set in the reverse order of the setting order: 4, 3, 2, 1, 4, 3, 2, 1.
  • the foregoing subcodebook concatenation scheme combines the foregoing multiple subcodebooks into one final HARQ-ACK codebook, and the consistency effect on the understanding of the final codebook by the terminal 202 and the access network device 201. More robust, as follows:
  • each downlink subframe on carriers 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, and 11 corresponds to one HARQ-ACK bit, and carriers 2, 4, 6, and 8.
  • Each of the downlink subframes on 10 and 12 corresponds to two HARQ-ACK bits.
  • six downlink subframes on carriers 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, and 11 constitute the first pre-configured downlink.
  • Frame set, carrier 2 The six downlink subframes on the 4, 6, 8, 10, and 12 constitute the second pre-configured downlink subframe set.
  • the first instant scheduling downlink subframe subset of the access network device 201 is actually the downlink subframes 1, 5, 7, and 9 in the first pre-configured downlink subframe set, and the second instantaneous scheduling downlink subframe.
  • the subset is the downlink subframes 2, 4, 6, and 8 in the second pre-configured downlink subframe set
  • the value of the first indication information is the downlink subframes 1, 5 in the first immediate scheduling downlink subframe subset.
  • 7 and 9 are 1, 2, 3, and 4, respectively
  • the downlink subframes 2, 4, 6, and 8 in the second instant scheduling downlink subframe subset are 1, 2, 3, and 4, respectively.
  • the terminal 202 misses the downlink scheduling information on the downlink subframe 5 in the first immediate scheduling downlink subframe subset.
  • the final HARQ-ACK codebook is not composed based on the sub-codebook concatenation, and the sub-codebook combination is performed in the order of small to large, for example, based on the carrier index number, it may still be smaller.
  • the probabilistic terminal 202 and the access network device 201 understand that the HARQ-ACK bit ordering in the final codebook is inconsistent. Of course, such inconsistent understanding of small probability can be solved by high-level retransmission.
  • the terminal 202 may determine that the downlink information of the first indication information in the first instant scheduling downlink subframe is 1 and 3, and the downlink information is missed, but the terminal 202 cannot determine that the downlink scheduling information that is missed is Corresponding to the carrier 3 or the carrier 5, if the terminal 202 performs the sub-codebook combination in the order of the carrier index number from small to large, there may be two possibilities, respectively: corresponding to the first combined codebook.
  • the HARQ-ACK bit order corresponds to ⁇ 1, 22, 3, 44, 66, 7, 88, 9 ⁇ ; the corresponding downlink subframe corresponding to the HARQ-ACK bit order in the second combined codebook is ⁇ 1, 22 , 44, 5, 66, 7, 88, 9 ⁇ , where 1 represents 1 HARQ-ACK bit of carrier 1, 22 represents 2 HARQ-ACK bits of carrier 2, and so on.
  • the access network device 201 can at least obtain the HARQ-ACK bits of other locations in the HARQ-ACK codebook without causing the physical layer to be started in the downlink subframes corresponding to all the HARQ-ACK bits in the HARQ-ACK codebook. Pass; or, access network device 201
  • the scheduling mode can be circumvented. For example, the access network device 201 performs continuous downlink subframe scheduling according to the above-mentioned setting sequence.
  • each sub-frame corresponds to a sub-codebook of one HARQ-ACK bit
  • each sub-frame corresponds to a sub-codebook of two HARQ-ACK bits in a subsequent cascading manner
  • the cascaded HARQ-ACK codebook is ⁇ 1, X, 7, 9, 22, 44, 66, 88 ⁇ , where X is 3 or 5, but the access network device 201 knows that it is actually scheduling the terminal 202. Which of the 3 or 5 subframes, the instant terminal 202 cannot determine that the 1 HARQ-ACK codebook corresponds to the subframe 3 or the subframe 5, but the access network device 201 can determine.
  • the embodiment of the present invention is also applicable to other wireless communication systems such as FDD LTE.
  • FDD LTE in the pre-configured downlink subframe set M associated with one uplink subframe, there is only one downlink subframe on one downlink carrier. Therefore, the implementation scheme of the FDD LTE system in the embodiment of the present invention may be regarded as TDD LTE. A special case of the system implementation.
  • the embodiment of the present invention is also applicable to the CA mode of the foregoing FDD+TDD CA, in which, in the pre-configured downlink subframe set M associated with one uplink subframe, only one FDD carrier is used.
  • the downlink subframe, for the TDD carrier may have multiple downlink subframes according to the aforementioned HARQ-ACK timing.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 9, the terminal includes:
  • the receiving module 901 is configured to receive downlink scheduling information of the downlink subframe F(i, j), where the downlink subframe F(i, j) is a subframe in the pre-configured downlink subframe set M corresponding to the uplink subframe;
  • F(i,j) represents a downlink subframe j on the carrier i configured by the terminal, i ⁇ C, C is a set of all carriers configured for downlink data transmission to the terminal, j ⁇ K, K is an uplink subframe.
  • C is a set of all carriers configured for downlink data transmission to the terminal, j ⁇ K, K is an uplink subframe.
  • K is an uplink subframe.
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe set M is divided into N pre-configured downlink subframe subsets, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, which is a hybrid automatic for each downlink subframe in a pre-configured downlink subframe subset.
  • Retransmission request-confirming the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK is a predetermined value, and the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that need to be fed back is different for any downlink subframe in the different pre-configured downlink subframe subsets;
  • the receiving module 901 is further configured to: receive downlink data scheduled by the downlink scheduling information in the downlink subframe F(i, j);
  • the processing module 902 is configured to generate a HARQ according to the receiving condition of the downlink data received by the receiving module 901 on the downlink subframe F(i, j) and the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that the downlink subframe F(i, j) needs to feed back An ACK codebook, wherein the HARQ-ACK codebook includes at least one subcodebook, the at least one subcodebook is in one-to-one correspondence with the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset, and the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset is N Preconfiguring at least one preconfigured downlink subframe subset in the downlink subframe subset, the at least one preconfigured downlink subframe subset being a subset of downlink subframes including downlink data scheduled by the terminal to receive downlink scheduling information; Generating uplink control information by encoding the HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • the sending module 903 is configured to send uplink control information on the uplink subframe.
  • the HARQ-ACK included in the sub-codebook is a HARQ-ACK of the scheduled downlink subframe in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset corresponding to the sub-codebook, but does not include the pre-configured downlink subframe corresponding to the sub-codebook. There is no HARQ-ACK of the scheduled downlink subframe in the subset.
  • the HARQ-ACK included in the subcodebook includes a HARQ-ACK of the scheduled downlink subframe in the preconfigured downlink subframe subset corresponding to the subcodebook; or the HARQ-ACK included in the subcodebook includes the sub
  • the HARQ-ACK of the scheduled downlink subframe and the at least one padding bit in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset corresponding to the codebook may be a preset value, such as a NACK.
  • the number of bits of the subcodebook is smaller than the number of HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to the subset of the preconfigured downlink subframes to which the subset of the downlink subframes belongs.
  • the padding bits may be located in the downlink sub-frame of the instant scheduling sub-subframe. After the bit position of the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the frame.
  • the receiving module 901 is further configured to: before the processing module 902 generates the HARQ-ACK codebook, receive the downlink subframe F included in each pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset ( i, j) corresponding first indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate that, according to the setting order, the downlink subframe F(i, j) is in a pre-configured downlink subframe including the downlink subframe F(i, j) Concentrating the sequence numbers in the scheduled downlink subframes;
  • the processing module 902 is specifically configured to: generate at least one subcodebook as follows:
  • the downlink data received on the downlink subframe F(i,j) and the downlink subframe F(i,j) need feedback
  • the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK is generated according to the sequence number indicated by the first indication information, and a sub-codebook corresponding to the subset of the pre-configured downlink subframes is generated.
  • the receiving module 901 is further configured to: before the processing module 902 generates the HARQ-ACK codebook, receive the second indication information corresponding to each pre-configured downlink subframe subset in the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset, where The content of the two indication information for the indication can be referred to the description in the above embodiment.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate: the number of bits of the sub-codebook corresponding to the subset of the pre-configured downlink subframes of the downlink subframe F(i, j), where the number of bits may also be referred to as a codebook size. Or codebook size.
  • the codebook size is smaller than the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the subset of the pre-configured downlink subframes, but is greater than or equal to the number of downlink subframes or the number of transport blocks in the subset of the downlink subframes.
  • the UE and the base station determine that the codebook is filled with at least one NACK, and the number of the specifically filled NACK is the foregoing codebook.
  • the size is reduced by the number of downlink subframes or the number of transmission blocks in which the downlink data is actually scheduled in the downlink subframe subset.
  • the processing module 902 is specifically configured to:
  • the downlink data received on the downlink subframe F(i,j) and the downlink subframe F(i,j) need feedback
  • the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK, according to the sequence number indicated by the first indication information and the second indication information Sub-codebook corresponding to a subset of pre-configured downlink subframes.
  • the receiving module 901 is further configured to: before the processing module 902 generates the HARQ-ACK codebook, receive the downlink subframe F included in each pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset ( i, j) corresponding second indication information;
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe subset including the downlink subframe F(i, j) is sorted in the set order, and is corresponding to the reciprocal 1, 2, ..., X-1, and the scheduled downlink subframe of X.
  • the values of the second indication information are respectively A X-1 , A X-2 , . . . , A 1 , A 0 , and the values of the second indication information corresponding to the remaining downlink subframes are respectively A 0 , and the rest
  • the downlink subframe is a pre-configured downlink subframe subset including the downlink subframe F(i, j), except for the scheduled downlink subframes that are sorted to the inverse of 1, 2, ..., X-1, and X.
  • the downlink subframe, A X-1 , A X-2 , ..., A 1 and A 0 are different values; or
  • the second indication information corresponding to the scheduled downlink subframe in the subset of the pre-configured downlink subframes in the reverse order of the setting sequence is in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the downlink subframe F(i, j)
  • the values are the loop values of ⁇ A X-1 , A X-2 ,..., A 1 , A 0 ⁇ ; or
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the included downlink subframe F(i,j) is sorted in the set order as the reciprocal 1, 2, ..., X-1, and the scheduled subframe number of X is j.
  • the second indication information corresponding to the downlink subframe is A X-1 , A X-2 , . . . , A 1 , A 0 , and the second subframe corresponding to the remaining subframe number j is the second subframe corresponding to the downlink subframe.
  • the value of the indication information is A 0
  • the downlink subframes with the remaining subframe number j are the pre-configured downlink subframe subsets including the downlink subframe F(i, j), except that the order is the reciprocal 1, 2, .. , X-1, and the downlink subframe of the subframe number j of which the scheduled subframe number of X is other than the downlink subframe of j, A X-1 , A X-2 , ..., A 1 And A 0 is a different value; or
  • the values of the second indication information corresponding to the downlink subframes of the scheduled sub-frame number j in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset in the reverse order of the setting order are respectively ⁇ A X-1 , A X-2 ,..., A 1 , A 0 ⁇
  • X is a positive integer greater than one
  • the processing module 902 is specifically configured to:
  • the downlink data received on the downlink subframe F(i,j) and the downlink subframe F(i,j) need feedback of
  • the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK is generated according to the sequence number indicated by the first indication information and the second indication information, and a sub-codebook corresponding to the subset of the pre-configured downlink subframes is generated.
  • At least one subcodebook is concatenated in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the processing module 902 generates a sub-codebook, and the generated sub-codebooks are formed into a HARQ-ACK codebook, and the channel coding is used to generate the uplink control information.
  • the optional implementation manner of the sending module 903 for transmitting the uplink control information may refer to the first embodiment.
  • the receiving module 901 receives the first indication information and the second indication information, and the processing module 902 determines, according to the first indication information and the second indication information, an optional implementation manner of the downlink subframe scheduled by the access network device, and reference may be made to the first embodiment.
  • the processing module 902 is configured to perform processing operations performed by the terminal 202
  • the receiving module 901 is configured to perform a receiving operation performed by the terminal 202
  • the sending module 903 is configured to perform a transmitting operation performed by the terminal 202.
  • FIG. 10 shows an alternative implementation of the terminal, wherein the processing module 902 can be implemented by the processor 1002 of FIG. 10, the receiving module 901 can be implemented by the receiver 1001 of FIG. 10, and the transmitting module 903 can be implemented by FIG.
  • the transmitter 1003 is implemented.
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by one or more processors represented by processor 1002 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 1004.
  • the bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein.
  • the bus interface provides an interface.
  • Receiver 1001 and transmitter 1003 may be implemented by a transceiver that provides means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium.
  • the user interface 1005 may also be an interface capable of externally connecting the required devices, including but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, Microphone, joystick, etc.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates another alternative implementation of the terminal, wherein the processing module 902 can be implemented by the processor 1102 of FIG. 11, the receiving module 901 can be implemented by the receiver 1101 of FIG. 11, and the transmitting module 903 can be implemented by FIG. The transmitter 1103 is implemented.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 12, the access network device includes:
  • the sending module 1203 is configured to send downlink scheduling information of the downlink subframe F(i, j) to the terminal, and send downlink data scheduled by the downlink scheduling information to the terminal in the downlink subframe F(i, j), where the downlink subframe
  • the frame F(i, j) is a subframe in the pre-configured downlink subframe set M corresponding to the uplink subframe;
  • F(i,j) represents a downlink subframe j on the carrier i configured for the terminal, i ⁇ C, C is a set of all carriers configured for downlink data transmission to the terminal; j ⁇ K, K is an uplink subframe a corresponding set of downlink subframes;
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe set M is divided into N pre-configured downlink subframe subsets, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, which is a HARQ-required feedback for each downlink subframe in a pre-configured downlink subframe subset.
  • the number of bits of the ACK is a predetermined value, and the hybrid automatic repeat request that needs feedback for any downlink subframe in the different pre-configured downlink subframe subsets - the number of bits of the acknowledge HARQ-ACK is different;
  • the receiving module 1201 is configured to receive uplink control information that is sent by the terminal in the first subframe for feeding back the downlink data scheduled by the downlink scheduling information.
  • the processing module 1202 is configured to decode the uplink control information to obtain a HARQ-ACK codebook, where the obtained HARQ-ACK codebook includes at least one subcodebook, at least one subcodebook, and at least one preconfigured downlink subframe.
  • the obtained HARQ-ACK codebook includes at least one subcodebook, at least one subcodebook, and at least one preconfigured downlink subframe.
  • at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset is at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the N pre-configured downlink subframe subsets
  • at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset includes downlink scheduling information A subset of the downlink subframes of the scheduled downlink data.
  • the HARQ-ACK included in the sub-codebook is a HARQ-ACK of the scheduled downlink subframe in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset corresponding to the sub-codebook, but does not include the pre-configured downlink sub-subdirect corresponding to the sub-codebook. There is no HARQ-ACK of the scheduled downlink subframe in the frame subset.
  • the HARQ-ACK included in the subcodebook includes a HARQ-ACK of the scheduled downlink subframe in the preconfigured downlink subframe subset corresponding to the subcodebook; or the HARQ-ACK included in the subcodebook includes the sub
  • the HARQ-ACK of the scheduled downlink subframe and the at least one padding bit in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset corresponding to the codebook the padding bit may be a preset value, such as a NACK.
  • the number of bits of the subcodebook is smaller than the number of HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to the subset of the preconfigured downlink subframes to which the subset of the downlink subframes belongs.
  • the padding bits may be located after the bit position of the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the downlink subframe in the subset of the immediate scheduling downlink subframes.
  • the sending module 1203 is further configured to: before the receiving module 1201 receives the uplink control information sent by the terminal, the downlink subframe included in each pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset.
  • F(i,j) the first indication information corresponding to the downlink subframe F(i,j) is sent to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the downlink subframe F(i,j) is included according to the setting sequence.
  • the sequence number in the scheduled downlink subframe of the pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the downlink subframe F(i,j); the terminal is configured to generate at least one subcodebook as follows:
  • pre-configured downlink subframe subset of at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset according to the downlink data received on the downlink subframe F(i,j), and the downlink subframe F(i,j) And the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that is fed back, and the subcodebook corresponding to the subset of the preconfigured downlink subframes is generated according to the sequence number indicated by the first indication information.
  • the sending module 1203 is further configured to: before receiving, by the receiving module 1201, the uplink control information sent by the terminal, sending, to the terminal, a second, for each pre-configured downlink subframe subset in the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset.
  • the indication information, the content of the second indication information used for the indication may refer to the description in the above embodiment.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate: the number of bits of the sub-codebook corresponding to the subset of the pre-configured downlink subframes of the downlink subframe F(i, j), where the number of bits may also be referred to as a codebook size. Or codebook size.
  • the codebook size is smaller than the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the subset of the pre-configured downlink subframes, but is greater than or equal to the downlink of the subset of the instantaneously scheduled downlink subframes.
  • the UE and the base station determine that the codebook is filled with at least one NACK, and the number of the specifically filled NACK is the foregoing codebook.
  • the size is reduced by the number of downlink subframes or the number of transmission blocks in which the downlink data is actually scheduled in the downlink subframe subset.
  • the second indication information may indicate the terminal:
  • the downlink data received on the downlink subframe F(i,j) and the downlink subframe F(i,j) need feedback
  • the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK is generated according to the sequence number indicated by the first indication information and the second indication information to generate a subcodebook corresponding to the subset of the preconfigured downlink subframes.
  • the sending module 1203 is further configured to: before the receiving module 1201 receives the uplink control information sent by the terminal, the downlink subframe included in each pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset. F(i, j), sending, to the terminal, second indication information corresponding to the downlink subframe F(i, j);
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe subset including the downlink subframe F(i, j) is sorted in the set order, and is corresponding to the reciprocal 1, 2, ..., X-1, and the scheduled downlink subframe of X.
  • the values of the second indication information are respectively A X-1 , A X-2 , . . . , A 1 , A 0 , and the values of the second indication information corresponding to the remaining downlink subframes are respectively A 0 , and the rest
  • the downlink subframe is a pre-configured downlink subframe subset including the downlink subframe F(i, j), except for the scheduled downlink subframes that are sorted to the inverse of 1, 2, ..., X-1, and X.
  • the downlink subframe, A X-1 , A X-2 , ..., A 1 and A 0 are different values; or
  • the second indication information corresponding to the scheduled downlink subframe in the subset of the pre-configured downlink subframes in the reverse order of the setting sequence is in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the downlink subframe F(i, j)
  • the values are the loop values of ⁇ A X-1 , A X-2 ,..., A 1 , A 0 ⁇ ; or
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the included downlink subframe F(i,j) is sorted in the set order as the reciprocal 1, 2, ..., X-1, and the scheduled subframe number of X is j.
  • the second indication information corresponding to the downlink subframe is respectively A X-1 , A X-2 , . . . , A 1 , A 0
  • the second indication corresponding to the downlink subframe of the remaining subframe number j is The value of the information is A 0
  • the downlink subframes with the remaining subframe number j are the pre-configured downlink subframe subsets including the downlink subframe F(i, j), except that the order is reciprocal 1, 2, ...
  • the values of the second indication information corresponding to the downlink subframes of the scheduled sub-frame number j in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset in the reverse order of the setting order are respectively ⁇ A X-1 , A X-2 ,..., A 1 , A 0 ⁇
  • X is a positive integer greater than one
  • the second indication information is used to indicate to the terminal: for a pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset, according to the downlink data received and received on the downlink subframe F(i, j)
  • the sub-frame F(i,j) needs the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK to be fed back, and generates a sub-codebook corresponding to the subset of the pre-configured downlink sub-frame according to the sequence number indicated by the first indication information and the second indication information.
  • the setting sequence includes:
  • the sequence between the carrier and the subframe includes: a carrier after the carrier or a carrier after the subframe;
  • the carrier sequence includes: the carrier index is from small to large, or the carrier index is from large to small;
  • the sub-frame sequence includes: subframe time from front to back, or subframe time from back to front.
  • At least one subcodebook is concatenated in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the processing module 1202 performs channel decoding on the received uplink control information to generate a HARQ-ACK codebook, obtains each subcodebook, and determines the downlink data reception status of the terminal according to the HARQ-ACK codebook, and can refer to the first embodiment to the third embodiment. Processing of the medium access network device 201.
  • the sending module 1203 sends the first indication information and the second indication information, and may refer to the processing of the access network device 201 in the first embodiment to the third embodiment.
  • the processing module 1202 is configured to perform processing operations performed by the access network device 201, and connect
  • the receiving module 1201 can be configured to perform a receiving operation performed by the access network device 201
  • the sending module 1203 can be configured to perform a transmitting operation performed by the access network device 201.
  • FIG. 13 illustrates an alternative implementation of an access network device, wherein the processing module 1202 can be implemented by the processor 1302 of FIG. 13, the receiving module 1201 can be implemented by the receiver 1301 of FIG. 13, and the transmitting module 1203 can be implemented by The transmitter 1303 in Figure 13 is implemented.
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by one or more processors represented by processor 1302 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 1304.
  • the bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein.
  • the bus interface provides an interface.
  • Receiver 1301 and transmitter 1303 may be implemented by a transceiver that provides means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium.
  • FIG. 14 illustrates another alternative implementation of the access network device, wherein the processing module 1202 can be implemented by the processor 1402 of FIG. 14, and the receiving module 1201 can be implemented by the receiver 1401 of FIG. 14, the transmitting module 1203. This can be implemented by the transmitter 1403 in FIG.
  • FIG. 15 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting uplink control information according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 15, the method includes the following steps:
  • the terminal receives downlink scheduling information of the downlink subframe F(i, j), where the downlink subframe F(i, j) is a subframe in the pre-configured downlink subframe set M corresponding to the uplink subframe;
  • F(i,j) represents a downlink subframe j on the carrier i configured by the terminal, i ⁇ C, C is a set of all carriers configured for downlink data transmission to the terminal, j ⁇ K, K is an uplink subframe. a corresponding set of downlink subframes;
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe set M is divided into N pre-configured downlink subframe subsets, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, which is a hybrid automatic for each downlink subframe in a pre-configured downlink subframe subset.
  • Retransmission request - confirms that the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK is a predetermined value, and the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that need to be fed back for any downlink subframe in the different pre-configured downlink subframe subsets is not with;
  • the terminal receives the downlink data scheduled by the downlink scheduling information in the downlink subframe F(i, j);
  • the terminal generates a HARQ-ACK codebook according to the receiving condition of the downlink data received on the downlink subframe F(i, j) and the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that the downlink subframe F(i, j) needs to feed back, where
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook includes at least one subcodebook, and at least one subcodebook is in one-to-one correspondence with at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset, and at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset is N pre-configured downlink subframe subsets.
  • At least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset, the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset is a subset of downlink subframes including downlink data scheduled by the terminal to receive downlink scheduling information;
  • the terminal generates uplink control information by encoding the HARQ-ACK codebook
  • S1505 The terminal sends uplink control information on the uplink subframe.
  • the HARQ-ACK included in the sub-codebook is a HARQ-ACK of the scheduled downlink subframe in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset corresponding to the sub-codebook, but does not include the pre-configured downlink subframe corresponding to the sub-codebook. There is no HARQ-ACK of the scheduled downlink subframe in the subset.
  • the HARQ-ACK included in the subcodebook includes a HARQ-ACK of the scheduled downlink subframe in the preconfigured downlink subframe subset corresponding to the subcodebook; or the HARQ-ACK included in the subcodebook includes the sub
  • the HARQ-ACK of the scheduled downlink subframe and the at least one padding bit in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset corresponding to the codebook the padding bit may be a preset value, such as a NACK.
  • the number of bits of the subcodebook is smaller than the number of HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to the subset of the preconfigured downlink subframes to which the subset of the downlink subframes belongs.
  • the padding bits may be located after the bit position of the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the downlink subframe in the subset of the immediate scheduling downlink subframes.
  • the method before the generating the HARQ-ACK codebook, the method further includes:
  • first indication information corresponding to the downlink subframe F(i, j) included in each of the pre-configured downlink subframe subsets in the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset, where the first indication information is used to indicate: according to the setting order, a sequence number in a downlink subframe in which the downlink subframe F(i,j) is scheduled in a pre-configured downlink subframe subset including the downlink subframe F(i,j);
  • At least one subcodebook is generated as follows:
  • the terminal For a pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset, the terminal needs to receive downlink data received on the downlink subframe F(i,j) and the downlink subframe F(i,j) And the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that is fed back, and the subcodebook corresponding to the subset of the preconfigured downlink subframes is generated according to the sequence number indicated by the first indication information.
  • the method before the generating the HARQ-ACK codebook, the method further includes:
  • the second indication information corresponding to each of the pre-configured downlink subframe subsets in the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset is received, and the content indicated by the second indication information may refer to the description in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate: the number of bits of the sub-codebook corresponding to the subset of the pre-configured downlink subframes of the downlink subframe F(i, j), where the number of bits may also be referred to as a codebook size. Or codebook size.
  • the codebook size is smaller than the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the subset of the pre-configured downlink subframes, but is greater than or equal to the number of downlink subframes or the number of transport blocks in the subset of the downlink subframes.
  • the UE and the base station determine that the codebook is filled with at least one NACK, and the number of the specifically filled NACK is the foregoing codebook.
  • the size is reduced by the number of downlink subframes or the number of transmission blocks in which the downlink data is actually scheduled in the downlink subframe subset.
  • the terminal generates, according to the receiving condition of the downlink data received on the downlink subframe F(i, j) and the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that the downlink subframe F(i, j) needs to feed back, according to the sequence number indicated by the first indication information.
  • a subcodebook corresponding to a subset of preconfigured downlink subframes including:
  • the terminal For a pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset, the terminal needs to receive downlink data received on the downlink subframe F(i,j) and the downlink subframe F(i,j)
  • the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that is fed back is generated according to the sequence number indicated by the first indication information and the second indication information, and a sub-codebook corresponding to the subset of the pre-configured downlink subframes is generated.
  • the method before the generating the HARQ-ACK codebook, the method further includes:
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe subset including the downlink subframe F(i, j) is sorted in the set order, and is corresponding to the reciprocal 1, 2, ..., X-1, and the scheduled downlink subframe of X.
  • the values of the second indication information are respectively A X-1 , A X-2 , . . . , A 1 , A 0 , and the values of the second indication information corresponding to the remaining downlink subframes are respectively A 0 , and the rest
  • the downlink subframe is a pre-configured downlink subframe subset including the downlink subframe F(i, j), except for the scheduled downlink subframes that are sorted to the inverse of 1, 2, ..., X-1, and X.
  • the downlink subframe, A X-1 , A X-2 , ..., A 1 and A 0 are different values; or
  • the second indication information corresponding to the scheduled downlink subframe in the subset of the pre-configured downlink subframes in the reverse order of the setting sequence is in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the downlink subframe F(i, j)
  • the values are the loop values of ⁇ A X-1 , A X-2 ,..., A 1 , A 0 ⁇ ; or
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the included downlink subframe F(i,j) is sorted in the set order as the reciprocal 1, 2, ..., X-1, and the scheduled subframe number of X is j.
  • the second indication information corresponding to the downlink subframe is A X-1 , A X-2 , . . . , A 1 , A 0 , and the second subframe corresponding to the remaining subframe number j is the second subframe corresponding to the downlink subframe.
  • the value of the indication information is A 0
  • the downlink subframes with the remaining subframe number j are the pre-configured downlink subframe subsets including the downlink subframe F(i, j), except that the order is the reciprocal 1, 2, .. , X-1, and the downlink subframe of the subframe number j of which the scheduled subframe number of X is other than the downlink subframe of j, A X-1 , A X-2 , ..., A 1 And A 0 is a different value; or
  • the values of the second indication information corresponding to the downlink subframes of the scheduled sub-frame number j in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset in the reverse order of the setting order are respectively ⁇ A X-1 , A X-2 ,..., A 1 , A 0 ⁇
  • X is a positive integer greater than one
  • the terminal generates, according to the receiving condition of the downlink data received on the downlink subframe F(i, j) and the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that the downlink subframe F(i, j) needs to feed back, according to the sequence number indicated by the first indication information.
  • a subcodebook corresponding to a subset of preconfigured downlink subframes including:
  • the terminal For a pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset, the terminal needs to receive downlink data received on the downlink subframe F(i,j) and the downlink subframe F(i,j)
  • the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that is fed back is generated according to the sequence number indicated by the first indication information and the second indication information, and a sub-codebook corresponding to the subset of the pre-configured downlink subframes is generated.
  • At least one subcodebook is concatenated in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the terminal generates a sub-codebook, and the generated sub-codebooks are formed into a HARQ-ACK codebook, and the channel coding is used to generate the uplink control information.
  • the optional implementation manner of the uplink control information may be referred to in the first embodiment to the third embodiment. Processing by terminal 202.
  • the terminal receives the first indication information and the second indication information, and determines an optional implementation manner of the downlink subframe scheduled by the access network device according to the first indication information and the second indication information, and may refer to the first embodiment to the third embodiment. Processing by terminal 202.
  • FIG. 16 is a flowchart of a method for receiving uplink control information according to Embodiment 7 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 16, the method includes the following steps:
  • the access network device sends the downlink scheduling information of the downlink subframe F(i, j) to the terminal, and sends the downlink data scheduled by the downlink scheduling information to the terminal in the downlink subframe F(i, j), where the downlink subframe
  • the frame F(i, j) is a subframe in the pre-configured downlink subframe set M corresponding to the uplink subframe;
  • F(i,j) represents a downlink subframe j on the carrier i configured for the terminal, i ⁇ C, C is a set of all carriers configured for downlink data transmission to the terminal; j ⁇ K, K is an uplink subframe a corresponding set of downlink subframes;
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe set M is divided into N pre-configured downlink subframe subsets, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, which is a HARQ-required feedback for each downlink subframe in a pre-configured downlink subframe subset.
  • the number of bits of the ACK is a predetermined value, and the hybrid automatic repeat request that needs feedback for any downlink subframe in the different pre-configured downlink subframe subsets - the number of bits of the acknowledge HARQ-ACK is different;
  • S1602 Receive uplink control information sent by the terminal in the first subframe for feeding back downlink data received by the downlink scheduling information.
  • S1603 Decode the received uplink control information to obtain a HARQ-ACK codebook, where the obtained HARQ-ACK codebook includes at least one subcodebook, and at least one subcodebook and at least one preconfigured downlink subframe subset
  • the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset is at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the N pre-configured downlink subframe subsets
  • the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset is scheduled to include downlink scheduling information.
  • the HARQ-ACK included in the sub-codebook is a HARQ-ACK of the scheduled downlink subframe in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset corresponding to the sub-codebook, but does not include the pre-configured downlink subframe corresponding to the sub-codebook. There is no HARQ-ACK of the scheduled downlink subframe in the subset.
  • the HARQ-ACK included in the subcodebook includes a HARQ-ACK of the scheduled downlink subframe in the preconfigured downlink subframe subset corresponding to the subcodebook; or the HARQ-ACK included in the subcodebook includes the sub
  • the HARQ-ACK of the scheduled downlink subframe and the at least one padding bit in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset corresponding to the codebook the padding bit may be a preset value, such as a NACK.
  • the number of bits of the subcodebook is smaller than the number of HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to the subset of the preconfigured downlink subframes to which the subset of the downlink subframes belongs.
  • the padding bits may be located after the bit position of the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the downlink subframe in the subset of the immediate scheduling downlink subframes.
  • the method before receiving the uplink control information sent by the terminal, the method further includes:
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that, according to the setting order, the downlink subframe F(i, j) is in the downlink subframe scheduled in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset including the downlink subframe F(i, j) Sequence number
  • pre-configured downlink subframe subset of at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset according to the downlink data received on the downlink subframe F(i,j), and the downlink subframe F(i,j) And the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that is fed back, and the subcodebook corresponding to the subset of the preconfigured downlink subframes is generated according to the sequence number indicated by the first indication information.
  • the method before receiving the uplink control information sent by the terminal, the method further includes:
  • the second indication information is used to indicate, for each of the pre-configured downlink subframe subsets in the at least one pre-configured downlink subframe subset, the second indication information is used to indicate:
  • a pre-configured downlink sub-frame including a downlink subframe F(i,j), a total number of downlink subframes in which the scheduled subframe number is j, or a pre-configured downlink sub-frame including the downlink subframe F(i,j) The total number of downlink subframes in the frame subset, the scheduled subframe number is j, and the number of downlink subframes before the downlink subframe time of the subframe number j; or the pre-configuration including the downlink subframe F(i,j) The total number of downlink subframes scheduled in the downlink subframe subset; or the transport block transmitted in the downlink subframe of the scheduled subframe subframe group in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the downlink subframe F(i,j) The total number of downlink subframes in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the downlink subframe F(i,j) that are scheduled with the subframe number j and the downlink subframes before the downlink subframe timing
  • the second indication information is used to indicate: the number of bits of the sub-codebook corresponding to the subset of the pre-configured downlink subframes of the downlink subframe F(i, j), where the number of bits may also be referred to as a codebook size. Or codebook size.
  • the codebook size is smaller than the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the subset of the pre-configured downlink subframes, but is greater than or equal to the number of downlink subframes or the number of transport blocks in the subset of the downlink subframes.
  • the UE and the base station determine that the codebook is filled with at least one NACK, and the number of the specifically filled NACK is the foregoing codebook.
  • the size is reduced by the number of downlink subframes or the number of transmission blocks in which the downlink data is actually scheduled in the downlink subframe subset.
  • the method before receiving the uplink control information sent by the terminal, the method further includes:
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe subset including the downlink subframe F(i, j) is sorted in the set order, and is corresponding to the reciprocal 1, 2, ..., X-1, and the scheduled downlink subframe of X.
  • the values of the second indication information are respectively A X-1 , A X-2 , . . . , A 1 , A 0 , and the values of the second indication information corresponding to the remaining downlink subframes are respectively A 0 , and the rest
  • the downlink subframe is a pre-configured downlink subframe subset including the downlink subframe F(i, j), except for the scheduled downlink subframes that are sorted to the inverse of 1, 2, ..., X-1, and X.
  • the downlink subframe, A X-1 , A X-2 , ..., A 1 and A 0 are different values; or
  • the second indication information corresponding to the scheduled downlink subframe in the subset of the pre-configured downlink subframes in the reverse order of the setting sequence is in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the downlink subframe F(i, j)
  • the values are the loop values of ⁇ A X-1 , A X-2 ,..., A 1 , A 0 ⁇ ; or
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe subset of the included downlink subframe F(i,j) is sorted in the set order as the reciprocal 1, 2, ..., X-1, and the scheduled subframe number of X is j.
  • the second indication information corresponding to the downlink subframe is respectively A X-1 , A X-2 , . . . , A 1 , A 0
  • the second indication corresponding to the downlink subframe of the remaining subframe number j is The value of the information is A 0
  • the downlink subframes with the remaining subframe number j are the pre-configured downlink subframe subsets including the downlink subframe F(i, j), except that the order is reciprocal 1, 2, ...
  • the values of the second indication information corresponding to the downlink subframes of the scheduled sub-frame number j in the pre-configured downlink subframe subset in the reverse order of the setting order are respectively ⁇ A X-1 , A X-2 ,..., A 1 , A 0 ⁇
  • X is a positive integer greater than one
  • At least one subcodebook is concatenated in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the uplink control information received by the access network device is used for channel decoding to generate a HARQ-ACK codebook, and each sub-codebook is obtained, and the downlink data is received according to the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the first embodiment to the third embodiment are used. Processing of the medium access network device 201.
  • the access network device sends the first indication information and the second indication information, and may refer to the processing of the access network device 201 in the first embodiment to the third embodiment.
  • the pre-configured downlink subframe set M is divided into the N pre-configured downlink subframe subsets, and is required to be fed back HARQ for each downlink subframe in a pre-configured downlink subframe subset.
  • the number of bits of the ACK is a predetermined value, and the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK that needs to be fed back is different for any downlink subframe in the different pre-configured downlink subframe subsets, so that when the terminal generates the ACK/NACK codebook, according to one Pre-configuring the downlink subframe in the downlink subframe subset requires feedback of the HARQ-ACK bit number feedback HARQ-ACK, so that after receiving the uplink control information generated by the HARQ-ACK codebook, the access network device is also pre-configured.
  • a HARQ-ACK feedback scheme is provided, which can support feedback for downlink subframes on different carriers that are aggregated.
  • the number of HARQ-ACK bits is different.
  • embodiments of the present invention can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product. Accordingly, the present invention may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or a combination of software and hardware. Moreover, the invention can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) including computer usable program code.
  • computer-usable storage media including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.
  • the computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device.
  • the apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
  • These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device.
  • the instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Detection And Prevention Of Errors In Transmission (AREA)

Abstract

本发明涉及无线通信技术领域，尤其涉及终端、接入网设备、无线通信系统和上行控制信息传输方法。一种终端中,接收模块接收下行子帧F(i,j)的下行调度信息，下行子帧F(i,j)所在预配置下行子帧集合M分为N个预配置下行子帧子集，为一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个下行子帧需要反馈的混合自动重传请求-确认HARQ-ACK的比特数为一个预先确定的值，为不同预配置下行子帧子集中的任一下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数不同；处理模块根据下行数据的接收情况生成HARQ-ACK码本，编码后生成上行控制信息；发送模块发送上行控制信息，可支持聚合的不同的载波上的下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK比特数不同的情况。

Description

上行控制信息传输方法和装置 技术领域
本发明涉及无线通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种终端、接入网设备、无线通信系统和上行控制信息传输方法。
背景技术
长期演进(Long Term Evolution，LTE)系统中，下行数据传输采用混合自动重传请求(Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest，HARQ)机制，用户设备(User Equipment，UE)在接收到物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared CHannel，PDSCH)之后，如果接收正确，则UE在物理上行控制信道(Physical Uplink Control CHannel，PUCCH)上反馈确认(ACKnowledgement，ACK)，如果不正确，则在PUCCH上反馈不确认(Non ACKnowledgement，NACK)，ACK和NACK统称为HARQ-ACK。
LTE系统支持载波聚合(Carrier Aggregation，CA)技术，即接入网设备把多个载波配置给一个UE来提升UE的数据速率。如图1所示，接入网设备使用载波1、载波2与UE1进行下行数据传输，基站使用载波1、载波3、载波5与UE2进行下行数据传输。
如表1所示，在目前的LTE系统中，存在多种数据信道传输模式。
表1、LTE系统中数据信道PDSCH的传输模式
Figure PCTCN2015086692-appb-000001
其中，传输模式1、2、5、6、7下的一个下行子帧中调度的PDSCH都是单个传输块的，即每个下行子帧对应1个HARQ-ACK比特；而传输模式3、4、8、9下的一个下行子帧中调度的PDSCH可以是两个传输块的，即每个下行子帧对应2个HARQ-ACK比特。
目前，在CA模式下，聚合的各个载波的PDSCH传输模式通常是相同的，因此UE对于聚合的各个载波上的每个下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数是相同的。但是，随着技术的发展，可能出现聚合的各个载波的PDSCH传输模式不同，比如：目前支持最大5个载波进行聚合，以后可能出现10个载波、20个载波，甚至高达32个载波的聚合，此时可能聚合的各载波之间的PDSCH传输模式不同，针对不同的载波上的下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK比特数不同，目前UE还不支持针对这种聚合的不同的载波上的下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK比特数不同的情况。
发明内容
有鉴于此，本发明实施例提供一种终端、接入网设备、无线通信系统和上行控制信息传输方法，用以支持这聚合的不同的载波需要反馈的HARQ-ACK比特数不同的情况。
第一方面，本发明实施例提供一种终端，包括：
接收模块，用于接收下行子帧F(i,j)的下行调度信息，其中，所述下行子帧F(i,j)为上行子帧对应的预配置下行子帧集合M中的子帧；
其中，F(i,j)表示为所述终端配置的载波i上的下行子帧j，i∈C，C为配置给所述终端进行下行数据传输的所有载波的集合，j∈K，K为所述上行子帧所对应的下行子帧的集合；
其中，所述预配置下行子帧集合M分为N个预配置下行子帧子集，N为大于或等于2的整数，为一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个下行子帧需要反馈的混合自动重传请求-确认HARQ-ACK的比特数为一个预先确定的值，为 不同预配置下行子帧子集中的任一下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数不同；
所述接收模块还用于：在所述下行子帧F(i,j)接收所述下行调度信息所调度的下行数据；
处理模块，用于根据所述接收模块在所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，生成HARQ-ACK码本，其中，所述HARQ-ACK码本包括至少一个子码本，所述至少一个子码本与至少一个预配置下行子帧子集一一对应，所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为所述N个预配置下行子帧子集中的至少一个预配置下行子帧子集，所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为包含有所述终端接收到所述下行调度信息所调度的下行数据的下行子帧的子集；以及通过对所述HARQ-ACK码本进行编码生成上行控制信息；
发送模块，用于在所述上行子帧上发送所述上行控制信息。
结合第一方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，所述子码本中包括的HARQ-ACK为所述子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK，但不包括所述子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中没有被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK。或者，子码本中包括的HARQ-ACK包括子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK；或者，子码本中包括的HARQ-ACK包括子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK以及至少一个填充比特，该填充比特可以为预置的值，比如NACK。但需要注意的是，无论是否包括填充的NACK，子码本的比特数要小于即时调度下行子帧子集所属的预配置下行子帧子集所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数。上述填充比特可以位于上述即时调度下行子帧子集中的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK的比特位置之后。
结合第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，在第二种可能的实现方式中，
所述接收模块还用于，在所述处理模块生成HARQ-ACK码本之前，接收所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中每个预配置下行子帧子集所包括的下行 子帧F(i,j)对应的第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示：按照设置顺序，下行子帧F(i,j)在包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧中的顺序号；
所述处理模块具体用于：按照如下方式生成所述至少一个子码本：
针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，根据所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照所述第一指示信息指示的顺序号生成所述一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
结合第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式，在第三种可能的实现方式中，
所述接收模块还用于：在所述处理模块生成HARQ-ACK码本之前，接收所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中每个预配置下行子帧子集对应的第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示：
包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧的总数；或
包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧以及在子帧号为j的下行子帧时刻之前的下行子帧的总数；或
包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的总数；或
包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧中传输的传输块的总数；或
包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧以及在子帧号为j的下行子帧时刻之前的下行子帧中传输的传输块的总数；或
包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧中传输的传输块的总数；或
可选地，第二指示信息用于指示：包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集所对应的子码本的比特数，该比特数也可以称为码本大小或码本尺寸。 中被调度的下行子帧的总数。该码本大小小于预配置下行子帧子集对应的HARQ-ACK的比特数，但大于或等于即时调度下行子帧子集中的下行子帧数或传输块个数。当该码本大小大于即时调度下行子帧子集中的下行子帧数或传输块个数时，UE和基站都会确定码本末尾填充了至少一个NACK，具体填充的NACK的个数为上述码本大小减去即时调度下行子帧子集中实际调度下行数据的下行子帧数或传输块个数。
所述处理模块具体用于：
针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，根据所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照所述第一指示信息指示的顺序号以及所述第二指示信息生成所述一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
结合第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式，在第四种可能的实现方式中，
所述接收模块还用于：在所述处理模块生成HARQ-ACK码本之前，接收所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中每个预配置下行子帧子集所包括的下行子帧F(i,j)对应的第二指示信息；
其中，包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照所述设置顺序排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的下行子帧所对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0，其余下行子帧所对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为A0，所述其余下行子帧为包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，除所述排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，X的被调度的下行子帧之外的下行子帧，所述AX-1，AX-2，...，A1以及A0为不同值；或者
包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照所述设置顺序的相反顺序排序的该预配置下行子帧子集中的被调度的下行子帧对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为{AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0}的循环取值；或者
包括的下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照所述设置顺序排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧所对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0，其余子帧号为j的下 行子帧所对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为A0，所述其余子帧号为j的下行子帧为包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，除所述排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧之外的子帧号为j的下行子帧，所述AX-1，AX-2，...，A1以及A0为不同值；或者
按照所述设置顺序的相反顺序排序的该预配置下行子帧子集中的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为{AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0}的循环取值；
其中，X为大于1的正整数；
所述处理模块具体用于：
针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，根据所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照所述第一指示信息指示的顺序号以及所述第二指示信息生成所述一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
结合第一方面的第二种至第四种可能的实现方式中的任一种，在第五种可能的实现方式中，所述设置顺序包括：
载波和子帧之间的顺序，以及载波顺序和子帧顺序；
载波和子帧之间的顺序包括：先载波后子帧或先子帧后载波；
载波顺序包括：载波索引从小到大，或载波索引从大到小；
子帧顺序包括：子帧时刻从前到后，或子帧时刻从后到前。
结合第一方面，或第一方面的第一种至第五种可能的实现方式中的任一种，在第六种可能的实现方式中，所述至少一个子码本在所述HARQ-ACK码本中是级联的。
第二方面，本发明实施例提供一种接入网设备，包括：
发送模块，用于向终端发送下行子帧F(i,j)的下行调度信息，并在下行子帧F(i,j)向所述终端发送所述下行调度信息所调度的下行数据，其中，所述下行子帧F(i,j)为上行子帧对应的预配置下行子帧集合M中的子帧；
其中，F(i,j)表示为所述终端配置的载波i上的下行子帧j，i∈C，C为配 置给所述终端进行下行数据传输的所有载波的集合；j∈K，K为所述上行子帧所对应的下行子帧的集合；
其中，所述预配置下行子帧集合M分为N个预配置下行子帧子集，N为大于或等于2的整数，为一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数为一个预先确定的值，为不同预配置下行子帧子集中的任一下行子帧需要反馈的混合自动重传请求-确认HARQ-ACK的比特数不同；
接收模块，用于接收所述终端在所述第一子帧上发送的用于反馈所述下行调度信息所调度的下行数据的接收情况的上行控制信息；
处理模块，用于对所述上行控制信息进行译码得到HARQ-ACK码本，其中，得到的所述HARQ-ACK码本包括至少一个子码本，所述至少一个子码本与至少一个预配置下行子帧子集一一对应，所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为所述N个预配置下行子帧子集中的至少一个预配置下行子帧子集，所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为包含有所述所述下行调度信息所调度的下行数据的下行子帧的子集。
结合第二方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，
所述子码本中包括的HARQ-ACK为所述子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK，但不包括所述子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中没有被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK。或者，子码本中包括的HARQ-ACK包括子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK；或者，子码本中包括的HARQ-ACK包括子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK以及至少一个填充比特，该填充比特可以为预置的值，比如NACK。但需要注意的是，无论是否包括填充的NACK，子码本的比特数要小于即时调度下行子帧子集所属的预配置下行子帧子集所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数。上述填充比特可以位于上述即时调度下行子帧子集中的下行子帧对应的 HARQ-ACK的比特位置之后。
结合第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二种可能的实现方式中，
所述发送模块还用于：在所述接收模块接收所述终端发送的所述上行控制信息之前，针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个预配置下行子帧子集所包括的下行子帧F(i,j)，向所述终端发送该下行子帧F(i,j)对应的第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示：按照设置顺序，下行子帧F(i,j)在包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧中的顺序号；指示所述终端按照如下方式生成所述至少一个子码本：
针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，根据所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况，以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照所述第一指示信息指示的顺序号生成所述一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
结合第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式，在第三种可能的实现方式中，所述发送模块还用于：在所述接收模块接收所述终端发送的所述上行控制信息之前，针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个预配置下行子帧子集，向所述终端发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示：
包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧的总数；或包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧以及在子帧号为j的下行子帧时刻之前的下行子帧的总数；或包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的总数；或包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧中传输的传输块的总数；或包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧以及在子帧号为j的下行子帧时刻之前的下行子帧中传输的传输块的总数；或包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧中传输的传输块的总数；或第二指示信息用于指示：包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集所对应的子码本的比特数，该比特数也可以称为码本大小或码本尺寸。中被调度的下行子 帧的总数。该码本大小小于预配置下行子帧子集对应的HARQ-ACK的比特数，但大于或等于即时调度下行子帧子集中的下行子帧数或传输块个数。当该码本大小大于即时调度下行子帧子集中的下行子帧数或传输块个数时，UE和基站都会确定码本末尾填充了至少一个NACK，具体填充的NACK的个数为上述码本大小减去即时调度下行子帧子集中实际调度下行数据的下行子帧数或传输块个数。指示所述终端：
针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，根据所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照所述第一指示信息指示的顺序号以及所述第二指示信息生成所述一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
结合第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式，在第四种可能的实现方式中，所述发送模块还用于：在所述接收模块接收所述终端发送的所述上行控制信息之前，针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个预配置下行子帧子集所包括的下行子帧F(i,j)，向所述终端发送所述下行子帧F(i,j)对应的第二指示信息；
其中，包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照所述设置顺序排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的下行子帧所对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0，其余下行子帧所对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为A0，所述其余下行子帧为包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，除所述排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，X的被调度的下行子帧之外的下行子帧，所述AX-1，AX-2，...，A1以及A0为不同值；或者
包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照所述设置顺序的相反顺序排序的该预配置下行子帧子集中的被调度的下行子帧对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为{AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0}的循环取值；或者
包括的下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照所述设置顺序排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧所对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0，其余子帧号为j的下行 子帧所对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为A0，所述其余子帧号为j的下行子帧为包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，除所述排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧之外的子帧号为j的下行子帧，所述AX-1，AX-2，...，A1以及A0为不同值；或者
按照所述设置顺序的相反顺序排序的该预配置下行子帧子集中的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为{AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0}的循环取值；
其中，X为大于1的正整数；
所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端：针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，根据在所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照所述第一指示信息指示的顺序号以及所述第二指示信息生成所述一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
结合第二方面的第二种至第四种可能的实现方式中的任一种，在第五种可能的实现方式中，所述设置顺序包括：
载波和子帧之间的顺序，以及载波顺序和子帧顺序；
载波和子帧之间的顺序包括：先载波后子帧或先子帧后载波；
载波顺序包括：载波索引从小到大，或载波索引从大到小；
子帧顺序包括：子帧时刻从前到后，或子帧时刻从后到前。
结合第二方面，或第二方面的第一种至第五种可能的实现方式中的任一种，在第六种可能的实现方式中，所述至少一个子码本在所述HARQ-ACK码本中是级联的。
第三方面，本发明实施例提供一种上行控制信息发送方法，包括：
终端接收下行子帧F(i,j)的下行调度信息，其中，所述下行子帧F(i,j)为上行子帧对应的预配置下行子帧集合M中的子帧；
其中，F(i,j)表示为所述终端配置的载波i上的下行子帧j，i∈C，C为配 置给所述终端进行下行数据传输的所有载波的集合，j∈K，K为所述上行子帧所对应的下行子帧的集合；
其中，所述预配置下行子帧集合M分为N个预配置下行子帧子集，N为大于或等于2的整数，为一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个下行子帧需要反馈的混合自动重传请求-确认HARQ-ACK的比特数为一个预先确定的值，为不同预配置下行子帧子集中的任一下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数不同；
所述终端在所述下行子帧F(i,j)接收所述下行调度信息所调度的下行数据；
所述终端根据所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，生成HARQ-ACK码本，其中，所述HARQ-ACK码本包括至少一个子码本，所述至少一个子码本与至少一个预配置下行子帧子集一一对应，所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为所述N个预配置下行子帧子集中的至少一个预配置下行子帧子集，所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为包含有所述终端接收到所述下行调度信息所调度的下行数据的下行子帧的子集；
所述终端通过对所述HARQ-ACK码本进行编码生成上行控制信息；以及
所述终端在所述上行子帧上发送所述上行控制信息。
结合第三方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，所述子码本中包括的HARQ-ACK为所述子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK，但不包括所述子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中没有被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK。或者，子码本中包括的HARQ-ACK包括子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK；或者，子码本中包括的HARQ-ACK包括子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK以及至少一个填充比特，该填充比特可以为预置的值，比如NACK。但需要注意的是，无论是否包括填充的NACK，子 码本的比特数要小于即时调度下行子帧子集所属的预配置下行子帧子集所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数。上述填充比特可以位于上述即时调度下行子帧子集中的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK的比特位置之后。
结合第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，在第二种可能的实现方式中，
所述生成HARQ-ACK码本之前，所述方法还包括：
接收所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中每个预配置下行子帧子集所包括的下行子帧F(i,j)对应的第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示：按照设置顺序，下行子帧F(i,j)在包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧中的顺序号；
所述至少一个子码本是按照如下方式生成的：
针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，所述终端根据所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照所述第一指示信息指示的顺序号生成所述一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
结合第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式，在第三种可能的实现方式中，
所述生成HARQ-ACK码本之前，所述方法还包括：
接收所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中每个预配置下行子帧子集对应的第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示：
包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧的总数；或
包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧以及在子帧号为j的下行子帧时刻之前的下行子帧的总数；或
包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的总数；或
包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧中传输的传输块的总数；或
包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的子帧号为j的 下行子帧以及在子帧号为j的下行子帧时刻之前的下行子帧中传输的传输块的总数；或
包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧中传输的传输块的总数；或
可选地，第二指示信息用于指示：包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集所对应的子码本的比特数，该比特数也可以称为码本大小或码本尺寸。中被调度的下行子帧的总数。该码本大小小于预配置下行子帧子集对应的HARQ-ACK的比特数，但大于或等于即时调度下行子帧子集中的下行子帧数或传输块个数。当该码本大小大于即时调度下行子帧子集中的下行子帧数或传输块个数时，UE和基站都会确定码本末尾填充了至少一个NACK，具体填充的NACK的个数为上述码本大小减去即时调度下行子帧子集中实际调度下行数据的下行子帧数或传输块个数。
所述终端根据所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照所述第一指示信息指示的顺序号生成所述任一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本，包括：
针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，所述终端根据所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照所述第一指示信息指示的顺序号以及所述第二指示信息生成所述一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
结合第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式，在第四种可能的实现方式中，
所述生成HARQ-ACK码本之前，所述方法还包括：
接收所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中每个预配置下行子帧子集所包括的下行子帧F(i,j)对应的第二指示信息；
其中，包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照所述设置顺序排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的下行子帧所对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0，其余下行子帧所对应的所述第 二指示信息的取值分别为A0，所述其余下行子帧为包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，除所述排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，X的被调度的下行子帧之外的下行子帧，所述AX-1，AX-2，...，A1以及A0为不同值；或者
包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照所述设置顺序的相反顺序排序的该预配置下行子帧子集中的被调度的下行子帧对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为{AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0}的循环取值；或者
包括的下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照所述设置顺序排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧所对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0，其余子帧号为j的下行子帧所对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为A0，所述其余子帧号为j的下行子帧为包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，除所述排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧之外的子帧号为j的下行子帧，所述AX-1，AX-2，...，A1以及A0为不同值；或者
按照所述设置顺序的相反顺序排序的该预配置下行子帧子集中的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为{AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0}的循环取值；
其中，X为大于1的正整数；
所述终端根据所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照所述第一指示信息指示的顺序号生成所述任一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本，包括：
针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，所述终端根据所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照所述第一指示信息指示的顺序号以及所述第二指示信息生成所述一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
结合第三方面的第二种至第四种可能的实现方式中的任一种，在第五种可能的实现方式中，所述设置顺序包括：
载波和子帧之间的顺序，以及载波顺序和子帧顺序；
载波和子帧之间的顺序包括：先载波后子帧或先子帧后载波；
载波顺序包括：载波索引从小到大，或载波索引从大到小；
子帧顺序包括：子帧时刻从前到后，或子帧时刻从后到前。
结合第三方面，或第三方面的第一种至第五种可能的实现方式中的任一种，在第六种可能的实现方式中，所述至少一个子码本在所述HARQ-ACK码本中是级联的。
第四方面，本发明实施例提供一种上行控制信息接收方法，包括：
接入网设备向终端发送下行子帧F(i,j)的下行调度信息，并在下行子帧F(i,j)向所述终端发送所述下行调度信息所调度的下行数据，其中，所述下行子帧F(i,j)为上行子帧对应的预配置下行子帧集合M中的子帧；
其中，F(i,j)表示为所述终端配置的载波i上的下行子帧j，i∈C，C为配置给所述终端进行下行数据传输的所有载波的集合；j∈K，K为所述上行子帧所对应的下行子帧的集合；
其中，所述预配置下行子帧集合M分为N个预配置下行子帧子集，N为大于或等于2的整数，为一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数为一个预先确定的值，为不同预配置下行子帧子集中的任一下行子帧需要反馈的混合自动重传请求-确认HARQ-ACK的比特数不同；
接收所述终端在所述第一子帧上发送的用于反馈所述下行调度信息所调度的下行数据的接收情况的上行控制信息；
对接收的所述上行控制信息进行译码得到HARQ-ACK码本，其中，得到的所述HARQ-ACK码本包括至少一个子码本，所述至少一个子码本与至少一个预配置下行子帧子集一一对应，所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为所述N个预配置下行子帧子集中的至少一个预配置下行子帧子集，所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为包含有所述所述下行调度信息所调度的下行数据的下行 子帧的子集。
结合第四方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，
所述子码本中包括的HARQ-ACK为所述子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK，但不包括所述子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中没有被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK。或者，子码本中包括的HARQ-ACK包括子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK；或者，子码本中包括的HARQ-ACK包括子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK以及至少一个填充比特，该填充比特可以为预置的值，比如NACK。但需要注意的是，无论是否包括填充的NACK，子码本的比特数要小于即时调度下行子帧子集所属的预配置下行子帧子集所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数。上述填充比特可以位于上述即时调度下行子帧子集中的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK的比特位置之后。
结合第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二种可能的实现方式中，
在接收所述终端发送的所述上行控制信息之前，还包括：
针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个预配置下行子帧子集所包括的下行子帧F(i,j)，向所述终端发送该下行子帧F(i,j)对应的第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示：按照设置顺序，下行子帧F(i,j)在包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧中的顺序号；
指示所述终端按照如下方式生成所述至少一个子码本：
针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，根据所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况，以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照所述第一指示信息指示的顺序号生成所述一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
结合第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式，在第三种可能的实现方式中，在接收所述终端发送的所述上行控制信息之前，还包括：
针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个预配置下行子帧子集， 向所述终端发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示：
包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧的总数；或包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧以及在子帧号为j的下行子帧时刻之前的下行子帧的总数；或包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的总数；或包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧中传输的传输块的总数；或包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧以及在子帧号为j的下行子帧时刻之前的下行子帧中传输的传输块的总数；或包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧中传输的传输块的总数；或第二指示信息用于指示：包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集所对应的子码本的比特数，该比特数也可以称为码本大小或码本尺寸。中被调度的下行子帧的总数。该码本大小小于预配置下行子帧子集对应的HARQ-ACK的比特数，但大于或等于即时调度下行子帧子集中的下行子帧数或传输块个数。当该码本大小大于即时调度下行子帧子集中的下行子帧数或传输块个数时，UE和基站都会确定码本末尾填充了至少一个NACK，具体填充的NACK的个数为上述码本大小减去即时调度下行子帧子集中实际调度下行数据的下行子帧数或传输块个数。
指示所述终端：针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，根据所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照所述第一指示信息指示的顺序号以及所述第二指示信息生成所述一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
结合第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式，在第四种可能的实现方式中，在接收所述终端发送的所述上行控制信息之前，还包括：
针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个预配置下行子帧子集所包括的下行子帧F(i,j)，向所述终端发送所述下行子帧F(i,j)对应的第二指示 信息；
其中，包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照所述设置顺序排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的下行子帧所对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0，其余下行子帧所对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为A0，所述其余下行子帧为包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，除所述排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，X的被调度的下行子帧之外的下行子帧，所述AX-1，AX-2，...，A1以及A0为不同值；或者
包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照所述设置顺序的相反顺序排序的该预配置下行子帧子集中的被调度的下行子帧对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为{AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0}的循环取值；或者
包括的下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照所述设置顺序排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧所对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0，其余子帧号为j的下行子帧所对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为A0，所述其余子帧号为j的下行子帧为包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，除所述排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧之外的子帧号为j的下行子帧，所述AX-1，AX-2，...，A1以及A0为不同值；或者
按照所述设置顺序的相反顺序排序的该预配置下行子帧子集中的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为{AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0}的循环取值；
其中，X为大于1的正整数；
指示所述终端：针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，根据在所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照所述第一指示信息指示的顺序号以及所述第二指示信息生成所述一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
结合第四方面的第二种至第四种可能的实现方式中的任一种，在第五种 可能的实现方式中，所述设置顺序包括：
载波和子帧之间的顺序，以及载波顺序和子帧顺序；
载波和子帧之间的顺序包括：先载波后子帧或先子帧后载波；
载波顺序包括：载波索引从小到大，或载波索引从大到小；
子帧顺序包括：子帧时刻从前到后，或子帧时刻从后到前。
结合第四方面，或第四方面的第一种至第五种可能的实现方式中的任一种，在第六种可能的实现方式中，所述至少一个子码本在所述HARQ-ACK码本中是级联的。
第五方面，本发明实施例提供一种无线通信系统，包括：接入网设备和终端，
所述接入网设备，用于向所述终端发送下行子帧F(i,j)的下行调度信息，并在下行子帧F(i,j)向所述终端发送所述下行调度信息所调度的下行数据，其中，所述下行子帧F(i,j)为上行子帧对应的预配置下行子帧集合M中的子帧；
其中，F(i,j)表示为所述终端配置的载波i上的下行子帧j，i∈C，C为配置给所述终端进行下行数据传输的所有载波的集合；j∈K，K为所述上行子帧所对应的下行子帧的集合；
其中，所述预配置下行子帧集合M分为N个预配置下行子帧子集，N为大于或等于2的整数，为一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数为一个预先确定的值，为不同预配置下行子帧子集中的任一下行子帧需要反馈的混合自动重传请求-确认HARQ-ACK的比特数不同；
所述终端，用于接收所述下行子帧F(i,j)的下行调度信息，在所述下行子帧F(i,j)接收所述下行调度信息所调度的下行数据，根据所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，生成HARQ-ACK码本，通过对所述HARQ-ACK码本进行编码生成上行控制信息，以及在所述上行子帧上发送所述上行控制信 息；
其中，所述HARQ-ACK码本包括至少一个子码本，所述至少一个子码本与至少一个预配置下行子帧子集一一对应，所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为所述N个预配置下行子帧子集中的至少一个预配置下行子帧子集，所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为包含有所述终端接收到所述下行调度信息所调度的下行数据的下行子帧的子集；
所述接入网设备，还用于接收所述终端在所述第一子帧上发送的用于反馈所述下行调度信息所调度的下行数据的接收情况的上行控制信息，对接收的所述上行控制信息进行译码得到HARQ-ACK码本。
本发明实施例中，由于预配置下行子帧集合M分为上述N个预配置下行子帧子集，为一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数为一个预先确定的值，为不同预配置下行子帧子集中的任一下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数不同，这样，终端生成ACK/NACK码本时，按照一个预配置下行子帧子集中的下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK比特数反馈HARQ-ACK，这样，接入网设备在收到由HARQ-ACK码本生成的上行控制信息后，也按照预配置下行子帧子集中的下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK比特数解析ACK/NACK码本时，提供了一种HARQ-ACK反馈方案，可以支持针对聚合的不同的载波上的下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK比特数不同的情况。
附图说明
图1为目前CA模式下，UE与接入网设备之间数据传输的方式示意图；
图2A为本发明实施例一提供的第一种无线通信系统和本发明实施例三提供的第三种无线通信系统的结构示意图；
图2B为本发明实施例二提供的第二种无线通信系统的结构示意图；
图3为本发明实施例一提供第一种无线通信系统中接入网设备和终端之间的数据传输的流程图；
图4为本发明实施例二提供的第二种无线通信系统和实施例三提供的第三种无线通信系统中，接入网设备和终端之间的数据传输的流程图；
图5A～图5D为本发明实施例二中，第一指示信息和第二指示信息的示意图；
图6为本发明实施例二中终端无法确定如何填充NACK的一种情形的示意图；
图7A～图7B为本发明实施例三中，第一指示信息和第二指示信息的示意图；
图8为本发明实施例中，终端无法确定如何填充NACK的一种情形的示意图；
图9为本发明实施例四提供的终端的结构示意图；
图10为本发明实施例四提供的终端在一种可选实现方式下的结构示意图；
图11为本发明实施例四提供的终端在另一种可选实现方式下的结构示意图；
图12为本发明实施例五提供的接入网设备的结构示意图；
图13为本发明实施例五提供的接入网设备在一种可选实现方式下的结构示意图；
图14为本发明实施例五提供的接入网设备在另一种可选实现方式下的结构示意图；
图15为本发明实施例提供的上行控制信息发送方法的流程图；
图16为本发明实施例提供的上行控制信息接收方法的流程图。
具体实施方式
本发明实施例提供一种终端、接入网设备、无线通信系统和上行控制信息传输方法，用以支持针对聚合的不同的载波上的下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK比特数不同的情况。
在本发明实施例中，接入网设备向终端发送下行子帧F(i,j)的下行调度信息，并发送该下行调度信息所调度的下行数据，其中，下行子帧F(i,j)为上行子帧对应的预配置下行子帧集合M中的子帧；
其中，F(i,j)表示为终端配置的载波i上的下行子帧j，i∈C，C为配置给终端进行下行数据传输的所有载波的集合；j∈K，K为上述上行子帧所对应的下行子帧的集合；
其中，预配置下行子帧集合M分为N个预配置下行子帧子集，N为大于或等于2的整数，为一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数为一个预先确定的值，为不同预配置下行子帧子集中的任一下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数不同；
终端接收下行子帧F(i,j)的下行调度信息，并在下行子帧F(i,j)接收该下行调度信息所调度的下行数据；终端根据下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的下行数据的接收情况以及下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，生成HARQ-ACK码本；
其中，生成的HARQ-ACK码本包括至少一个子码本，包括的至少一个子码本与至少一个预配置下行子帧子集一一对应，该至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为N个预配置下行子帧子集中的至少一个预配置下行子帧子集，该至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为包含有接入网设备发送的下行调度信息的下行子帧的子集；
终端通过对HARQ-ACK码本进行编码生成上行控制信息，并在上述上行子帧上发送生成的上行控制信息；
接入网设备接收终端发送的上述上行控制信息，对接收的上行控制信息进行译码得到HARQ-ACK码本。
由于预配置下行子帧集合M分为上述N个预配置下行子帧子集，为一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数为一个预先确定的值，为不同预配置下行子帧子集中的任一下行子帧需要反馈 的HARQ-ACK的比特数不同，这样，终端生成ACK/NACK码本时，按照一个预配置下行子帧子集中的下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK比特数反馈HARQ-ACK，这样，接入网设备在收到由HARQ-ACK码本生成的上行控制信息后，也按照预配置下行子帧子集中的下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK比特数解析ACK/NACK码本时，提供了一种HARQ-ACK反馈方案，可以支持针对聚合的不同的载波上的下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK比特数不同的情况。
下面，为了便于对本发明实施例的理解，介绍本发明实施例涉及的基本概念。
为了便于理解，以LTE系统为例进行介绍，但这并不意味着本发明实施例仅适用于LTE系统，实际上，任何为同一终端提供多个载波进行数据传输，不同载波上的下行子帧对应的反馈信息比特数不同的无线通信系统，都可以采用本发明实施例提供的HARQ-ACK反馈方案。
一、LTE系统中的数据传输
LTE系统中，下行传输，即诸如基站的接入网设备向UE传输，是基于正交频分复用多址(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing Access，OFDMA)的多址方式的；上行传输，即UE向接入网设备传输，是基于单载波频分复用多址(Single Carrier–Frequency Division Multiplexing Access，SC-FDMA)的多址方式的。
对于下行传输，时频资源被划分成时间域维度上的OFDM符号和频率域维度上的子载波；对于上行传输，时频资源被划分为频率域维度上的SC-FDMA符号。本发明实施例中，将OFDM符号和SC-FDMA符号统称为“时域符号”。
LTE系统中，最小的资源粒度称作资源单元(Resource Element，RE)，即表示时间域上的一个时域符号和频率域上的一个子载波组成的时频格点。
通常，接入网设备调度的基本时间单位是一个子帧，一个子帧包括多个时域符号。或者，对于要求缩小传输时延的一些场景，接入网设备调度的基 本时间单位可为1个或多个时域符号。
具体的调度流程是接入网设备发送控制信道，比如：物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH)，或增强的物理下行控制信道(Enhanced PDCCH,EPDCCH)，控制信道可以承载PDSCH或PUSCH的调度信息，该调度信息包括比如资源分配信息，调整编码方式等控制信息。UE在子帧中接收控制信道，并根据接收到的控制信道中承载的调度信息来进行下行数据信道的接收或上行数据信道的发送。
LTE系统支持频分双工(Frequency Duplexing Division，FDD)和时分双工(Time Duplexing Division，TDD)两种双工方式。对于采用FDD双工方式的LTE系统，简称FDD LTE系统，下行传输和上行传输使用不同的载波。对于TDD双工方式的LTE系统，简称TDD LTE系统，上行传输和下行传输使用同一载波的不同时间，具体在一个载波上包括下行子帧，上行子帧和特殊子帧。
其中，特殊子帧中包括下行导频时隙(Downlink Pilot Time Slot，DwPTS)，保护时间(Guard Period，GP)和上行导频时隙(Uplink Pilot Time Slot，UpPTS)三个部分，其中GP主要用于下行到上行的器件转换时间和传播时延的补偿。此外，DwPTS中可以传输下行数据，但UpPTS中不可以传输PUSCH，因此从该角度讲，特殊子帧可以看作为下行子帧。
二、HARQ-ACK时序关系
FDD LTE系统中，UE在子帧n-4接收到PDSCH之后，会在子帧n反馈HARQ-ACK；在TDD LTE系统中，PDSCH接收与其对应的HARQ-ACK反馈的时序关系如表2所示，标数字的子帧为用于反馈HARQ-ACK的上行子帧n，标识的数字表示在该上行子帧n中需要反馈n-k(k属于K)的下行子帧集合中的PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK，例如上下行配置1的子帧n＝2中的K＝{7、6}表示上行子帧n＝2用来反馈n-7和n-6这两个下行子帧中的PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK，具体n-7为下行子帧5，n-6为下行子帧6。
表2、TDD LTE系统中PDSCH与对应的HARQ-ACK的时序关系
Figure PCTCN2015086692-appb-000002
三、LTE系统中的TDD上下行配置
LTE系统目前支持7种不同的TDD上下行配置，其中该上下行配置即为表2中的第一列。如表3所示，其中D表示下行子帧，S表示特殊子帧，U表示上行子帧。
表3、LTE系统中不同的TDD上下行配置
Figure PCTCN2015086692-appb-000003
四、LTE系统支持的载波聚合
LTE系统支持FDD CA，TDD CA以及FDD+TDD CA。对于TDD CA，又分为相同上下行配置的TDD CA和不同上下行配置的TDD CA。CA模式下有一个主载波和至少一个辅载波，且承载HARQ-ACK的PUCCH可以只被配 置在UE的上行主载波上发送。当前PUCCH格式支持传输最大的HARQ-ACK比特数为22。
五、预配置下行子帧集合M
预配置下行子帧集合M对应于CA中主载波上的一个上行子帧。
下行子帧F(i,j)∈M，i∈C，C为配置给终端进行下行数据传输的所有载波的集合；j∈K，K为按照HARQ-ACK时序关系，一个上行子帧所对应的下行子帧的集合，该时序关系可为表2所列的TDD LTE系统中PDSCH与对应的HARQ-ACK的时序关系。
目前LTE系统中，最多支持为一个UE配置5个载波进行载波聚合，以最为典型的TDD上下行配置2为例，上行主载波上的上行子帧2所对应的，或所关联的预配置下行子帧集合M包括该5个载波上的子帧4、5、6和8，即总共20个下行子帧。
其中，为了描述简单，将特殊子帧视为下行子帧。此处提到的“对应或关联”的涵义可理解为：上述20个下行子帧中的PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK都在上述上行子帧2中反馈，具体可由表2中的PDSCH到HARQ-ACK的时序关系所确定。
六、HARQ-ACK码本(codebook)和HARQ-ACK信息
在UE侧，HARQ-ACK码本指信道编码前的HARQ-ACK原始比特流，该原始比特流可按照一定的排序规则进行排序；这些原始HARQ-ACK信息比特可为1或0的比特流，其中“1”代表下行数据被正确接收的ACK，“0”代表下行数据没有被正确接收的NACK。UE对HARQ-ACK码本进行信道编码后生成的HARQ-ACK信息发给接入网设备；在接入网设备侧，接入网设备接收UE发送的HARQ-ACK信息，对HARQ-ACK信息进行信道解码后，得到HARQ-ACK码本。
仍以五、预配置下行子帧集合M中的为一个UE配置5个载波进行载波聚合，TDD上下行配置2为例，UE生成的HARQ-ACK码本可由上述预配置 下行子帧集合M确定。具体地，可按照先载波后子帧的顺序进行排序，即前述的排序规则为先载波后子帧。比如：先排列载波1的子帧4、5、6和8对应的HARQ-ACK比特，再排列载波2的子帧4、5、6和8对应的HARQ-ACK比特，等等。此外，对于UE未收到PDSCH调度的子帧的位置，UE需要进行填充NACK的处理。
七、UE在一个上行子帧上需要反馈HARQ-ACK比特数较多的场景
随着LTE技术的继续演进，将来有可能需要支持更多比特数的HARQ-ACK反馈，可能远大于22比特。
场景一
引入了更多载波数量的CA，简称“超级CA”。
比如10载波甚至最多到32载波的CA，以10个TDD上下行配置2的载波进行CA为例，上行主载波上的上行子帧2中就需要反馈40比特的HARQ-ACK。
场景二
支持5载波的CA，但其中多个载波都配置成TDD上下行配置5。比如：主载波是上下行配置2，4个辅载波都是上下行配置5，那么上行主载波上的上行子帧2中需要反馈4+9*4＝40比特的HARQ-ACK。
一种可能的解决方案为：引入支持传输更大比特容量的PUCCH格式。考虑到该新PUCCH格式需要支持的HARQ-ACK比特数会很大，比如32载波的TDD上下行配置2的配置下可能会支持128个HARQ-ACK比特，因此该新格式的引入会使得上行控制信道的开销增加。
本发明实施例的一个可选方案可应用于上述UE在一个上行子帧上需要反馈HARQ-ACK比特数较多的场景，可有效减少UE需要反馈的HARQ-ACK比特数。
八、本发明实施例适用的通信制式、终端、接入网设备
其中，本发明实施例提供的各种无线通信系统的通信制式包括但不限于：全球移动通信系统(Global System of Mobile communication，GSM)、码分多 址(Code Division Multiple Access，CDMA)IS-95、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access，CDMA)2000、时分同步码分多址(Time Division-Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access，TD-SCDMA)、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access，WCDMA)、时分双工-长期演进(Time Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution，TDD LTE)、频分双工-长期演进(Frequency Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution，FDD LTE)、长期演进-增强(Long Term Evolution-Advanced，LTE-advanced)、个人手持电话系统(Personal Handy-phone System，PHS)、802.11系列协议规定的无线保真(Wireless Fidelity，WiFi)、全球微波互联接入(Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access，WiMAX)，以及未来演进的各种无线通信系统。
只要为同一终端提供多个载波进行数据传输，且不同载波的传输模式不同，导致不同载波对应的反馈信息比特数不同的无线通信系统，都可以采用本发明实施例，实现终端正确发送HARQ-ACK信息，接入网设备根据接收的HARQ-ACK信息能够准确获知终端进行下行数据接收的情况。
本发明实施例中的终端可以是无线终端，无线终端可以是指向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备，具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备。无线终端可以经无线接入网(例如，RAN，Radio Access Network)与一个或多个核心网进行通信，无线终端可以是移动终端，如移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)和具有移动终端的计算机，例如，可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置，它们与无线接入网交换语言和/或数据。例如，个人通信业务(PCS，Personal Communication Service)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(SIP)话机、无线本地环路(WLL，Wireless Local Loop)站、个人数字助理(PDA，Personal Digital Assistant)等设备。无线终端也可以称为系统、订户单元(Subscriber Unit)、订户站(Subscriber Station)，移动站(Mobile Station)、移动台(Mobile)、远程站(Remote Station)、接入点(Access Point)、远程终端(Remote Terminal)、接入终端(Access Terminal)、用户终端(User Terminal)、用户代理(User Agent)、 用户设备(User Device)、或用户装备(User Equipment)。
本发明实施例提供的接入网设备可包括基站，或用于控制基站的无线资源管理设备，或包括基站和用于控制基站的无线资源管理设备；接入网设备可为宏站或小站，终端为与接入网设备通信的终端设备。
比如：对于TDD LTE、FDD LTE或LTE-A等LTE系统，本发明实施例提供的无线通信系统中的接入网设备可为演进节点B(evolved NodeB，eNodeB)，终端可为UE；对于TD-SCDMA系统或WCDMA系统，本发明实施例提供的无线通信系统中的接入网设备可包括：节点B(NodeB)和/或无线网络控制器(Radio Network Controller，RNC),终端可为UE；对于GSM系统，本发明实施例提供的中的接入网设备可包括基站收发台(Base Transceiver Station，BTS)和/或基站控制器(Base Station Controller，BSC)；终端为移动台(Mobile Station，MS)；对于WiFi系统，接入网设备可包括：接入点(Access Point，AP)和/或接入控制器(Access Controller，AC)，终端202可为站点(STAtion，STA)。
九、其他说明
另外，本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常被可互换使用。本文中术语“和/或”，仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。另外，本文中字符“/”，一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。
以上，介绍了本发明实施例涉及的基本概念，为了便于理解，下面结合附图对本发明实施例进行详细说明。为了描述清晰，表4列出了本发明各实施例。
表4、本发明各实施例列表
Figure PCTCN2015086692-appb-000005
下面，对本发明各实施例进行详细说明。
【实施例一】
如图2A所示，本发明实施例一提供的第一种无线通信系统包括：接入网设备201和终端202，其中，
接入网设备201，用于向终端202发送下行子帧F(i,j)的下行调度信息，并在下行子帧F(i,j)上发送该下行调度信息所调度的下行数据，其中，下行子帧F(i,j)为上行子帧对应的预配置下行子帧集合M中的子帧；比如：一个上行子帧对应的预配置下行子帧集合M中的子帧。
其中，F(i,j)表示为终端配置的载波i上的下行子帧j，i∈C，C为配置给终端进行下行数据传输的所有载波的集合；j∈K，K为上述上行子帧所对应的下行子帧的集合；
其中，预配置下行子帧集合M分为N个预配置下行子帧子集，N为大于 或等于2的整数，为一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数为一个预先确定的值，为不同预配置下行子帧子集中的任一下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数不同；
终端202，用于接收下行子帧F(i,j)的下行调度信息，并在下行子帧F(i,j)接收该下行调度信息所调度的下行数据；根据下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的下行数据的接收情况以及下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，生成HARQ-ACK码本；以及通过对生成的HARQ-ACK码本进行编码生成上行控制信息，并在上述上行子帧上发送生成的上行控制信息；
其中，终端202生成的HARQ-ACK码本包括至少一个子码本，包括的至少一个子码本与至少一个预配置下行子帧子集一一对应，该至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为N个预配置下行子帧子集中的至少一个预配置下行子帧子集，该至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为包含有接入网设备201发送的下行调度信息的下行子帧的子集；
接入网设备201，还用于接收终端202发送的上述上行控制信息，并对接收的上行控制信息进行译码后得到HARQ-ACK码本。
下面，结合图3说明接入网设备201和终端202之间进行下行调度、下行数据传输、HARQ-ACK信息反馈的过程，该过程包括如下步骤：
S301：接入网设备201向终端202发送下行子帧F(i,j)的下行调度信息；
S302：终端202接收该下行调度信息；
S303：接入网设备201在下行子帧F(i,j)上发送步骤S301中发送的下行调度信息所调度的下行数据；
S304：终端202根据步骤S302中收到的上述下行调度信息，在下行子帧F(i,j)上接收该下行调度信息所调度的下行数据；
S305：终端202根据下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的下行数据的接收情况以及下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，生成HARQ-ACK码本，并通过对生成的HARQ-ACK码本进行编码生成上行控制信息；
S306：终端202向接入网设备201发送生成的上行控制信息；
S307:接入网设备201对收到的上行控制信息进行译码后得到HARQ-ACK码本；根据得到的HARQ-ACK码本，确定预配置下行子帧集合M中调度的下行子帧F(i,j)中的下行数据的接收情况。
其中，步骤S301和步骤S303可在一个步骤中完成，比如：对于LTE系统，接入网设备201在发送下行调度信息使用的同一个下行子帧中发送该下行调度信息调度的下行数据，该情况下，步骤S302和步骤S304也可在同一个步骤中完成，终端202可根据收到的下行子帧中下行调度信息，接收该同一下行子帧中的下行数据。
此外，对于在下行子帧m发送下行调度信息，调度终端接收下行子帧m+l中的下行数据的情况，接入网设备201可采用如图3中所示的方式，先发调度信息，再发下行数据，相应地，终端202也先接收下行调度信息，再根据收到的下行调度信息接收下行数据。或者，对于在载波1上的下行子帧m发送下行调度信息，调度终端接收载波2上的下行子帧m中的下行数据的情况，此时相当于下行调度信息和该下行调度信息所调度的下行数据是在相同时刻的下行子帧中发送和接收的，但上述下行调度信息和该下行调度信息所调度的下行数据在不同的载波上。
下面，对图3所示的流程和实现方案进行详细描述。
1、步骤S301、接入网设备201发送下行调度信息
本发明实施例中，在步骤S301中，接入网设备201发送下行子帧F(i,j)的下行调度信息，其中，下行子帧F(i,j)为上行子帧对应的预配置下行子帧集合M中的子帧，F(i,j)表示为终端202配置的载波i上的下行子帧j，i∈C，C为配置给终端202进行下行数据传输的所有载波的集合，j∈K，K为上述上行子帧所对应的下行子帧的集合。
其中，预配置下行子帧集合M可为按照HARQ-ACK时序关系，比如：表2中定义的PDSCH与对应的HARQ-ACK的时序关系，一个上行子帧所对应的所有聚合的载波上的所有下行子帧。即，终端202对于预配置下行子帧 集合M中的各个下行子帧的下行数据接收，按照定义的HARQ-ACK时序关系，都在该上行子帧上反馈HARQ-ACK。
在CA模式下，终端202被接入网设备201配置了多个载波，比如：通过无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control，RRC)信令配置类多个载波，该多个载波可以为FDD载波或TDD载波，每个载波上包括多个下行子帧。对于TDD载波而言，不同载波的上下行配置可以相同或不同。
以终端202被配置了相同上下行配置2的10个TDD载波为例，根据表2中的TDD上下行子帧配置和表1中的下行数据与上行HARQ-ACK的时序关系，主载波的上行子帧2最多需要反馈上述10个载波上的下行子帧4、5、6和8中下行数据信道所对应的HARQ-ACK。
其中，这些下行子帧，换言之，这些下行子帧中的下行数据信道可分别由独立的下行控制信道调度，也可由统一的下行控制信道调度，也可以是两者的结合，比如多个下行控制信道，每个下行控制信道调度至少一个下行子帧中的下行数据信道。本发明实施例中，以独立的下行控制信道调度为例加以说明。
这里提到的下行子帧，包括正常的下行子帧，也包括TDD系统中的特殊子帧。终端202被配置了多个载波后，即可由接入网设备201发送下行控制信道，来调度这些被配置的载波上的下行子帧中的下行数据信道，进而终端202需要反馈这些下行数据信道对应的上行HARQ-ACK。
以终端202在上行子帧2中反馈HARQ-ACK为例，根据TDD配置2下的下行数据信道与上行HARQ-ACK的定时关系，上行子帧2所关联的预配置下行子帧集合M包括：载波1至载波10的子帧4、子帧5、子帧6和子帧8这40个下行子帧，即终端202在载波聚合的主载波的上行子帧2上需要反馈的HARQ-ACK对应上述预配置下行子帧集合M中的下行数据信道。
终端202可在上述预配置下行子帧集合M中接收下行控制信道，比如终端202可以在上述预配置下行子帧集合的每个下行子帧中都接收到下行控制信道，也可能只在上述预配置下行子帧集合中的部分子帧中接收到下行控制 信道；接着，终端202根据接收到的下行控制信道进一步接收这些下行控制信道所调度的下行数据信道。
一般的，下行控制信道与其所调度的下行数据信道会在相同子帧中。或者，如前所述，下行控制信道与其调度的下行数据信道也可在不同子帧中，只要能够标识该下行控制信道和其调度的下行数据信道之间的对应关系即可，比如：预先约定两个信道之间的时序关系，接入网设备201按照该预先约定的时序关系发送下行控制信道和下行数据信道，终端202也按照该预先约定的时序关系接收下行控制信道和下行数据信道即可。
这里，将终端202的预配置下行子帧集合M中实际被调度的下行数据信道所在的下行子帧子集称为“即时调度下行子帧集合”，该即时调度下行子帧集合为上述预配置下行子帧集合M的子集。
上述被调度的下行子帧中的下行数据信道可以包括有下行控制信道调度的第一下行数据信道，即动态调度的下行数据信道；还可以包括没有下行控制信道调度的第二下行数据信道，比如半持续调度(Semi-Persistent scheduling，SPS)的下行数据信道。通常，一个终端的SPS机制被激活后，该SPS的下行数据信道在HARQ初始传输时是不用下行控制调度的，而是以预先配置的周期，比如：20ms来直接发送SPS的下行数据信道。
此外，接入网设备201还可以发送单独的特殊下行控制信道，在LTE系统中，该下行控制信息可以是PDCCH，该特殊下行控制信道不调度下行数据信道，而是用于指示SPS机制的终止或释放，但该特殊的下行控制信道也是需要有相应的上行HARQ-ACK反馈的，因此，可选地，上述预配置下行子帧集合中的传输该特殊下行控制信道的子帧也可被记入即时调度下行子帧集合中，终端202也可对其反馈对应的HARQ-ACK。
2、步骤S302、终端202接收下行调度信息
步骤S302中，终端202接收接入网设备201发送的下行调度信息。如前所述，下行调度信息可包括资源分配信息，调整编码方式等控制信息。终端202根据收到的下行调度信息，获知分配的下行数据传输所使用的资源信息， 以及下行数据的调制编码方式等信息，终端202根据或者的这些信息接收下行数据。
但由于无线信道的时变性，在无线信道质量恶劣时，终端202可能接收不到下行调度信息。此时，终端202无法获取下行调度信息，也就无法根据下行调度信息接收下行数据。
可选地，若接入网设备201向终端202发送前述的特殊下行控制信道，如前所述，该特殊下行控制信道用于指示SPS机制的终止或释放。则终端202还要接收该特殊下行控制信道。
3、步骤S303、接入网设备201在下行子帧F(i,j)上发送下行数据。
接入网设备201在发送下行调度信息后，按照下行调度信息中的资源分配信息，调整编码方式等控制信息，在下行子帧F(i,j)上发送下行数据。
4、步骤S304、终端202接收下行数据。
终端202根据步骤S302收到的下行调度信息，在下行子帧F(i,j)上接收下行数据。如果在步骤S302中，终端202没有收到下行子帧F(i,j)的下行调度信息，则终端202也就不会在步骤S304中，在下行子帧F(i,j)上接收下行数据了。
5、预配置下行子帧集合M的分组
预配置下行子帧集合M分可为N个预配置下行子帧子集，N为大于或等于2的整数，终端202为一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数为一个预先确定的值。
终端202和接入网设备201均需要预先知道预配置下行子帧集合M的划分规则，并且该规则对于终端202和接入网设备201是相同的。终端202按照该相同的划分规则生成ACK/NACK码本，接入网设备201也按照该相同的规则解析ACK/NACK码本，这样接入网设备201才能准确获知终端202对下行数据的接收情况。或者，接入网设备201来确定上述规则，然后将此规则通知给终端，也即接入网设备和终端对于上述规则的理解是一致的。
比如：终端202和接入网设备201都需要知道N的取值，以及预配置下 行子帧集合M中一个下行子帧所属的预配置下行子帧子集，并知道每一个预配置下行子帧子集中的下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK比特数。比如：接入网设备201和终端202均可根据一个下行子帧的数据信道传输模式确定该下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK比特数，并确定该下行子帧所属的预配置下行子帧子集，这样终端202按照确定的该HARQ-ACK比特数和下行子帧所属的预配置下行子帧子集，正确填充HARQ-ACK比特，生成HARQ-ACK码本，而接入网设备201也按照相同的规则解析HARQ-ACK码本，则可准确获知的下行数据的接收情况。
仍以终端202在上行子帧2中反馈HARQ-ACK为例，终端202被配置的上述10个载波中的每个载波上的数据信道传输模式可以相同也可以不同，假设配置了两种不同的数据信道传输模式，且第一种数据信道传输模式下的每个PDSCH被配置对应一个传输块，即对应1个HARQ-ACK比特，而第二种传输模式下的每个PDSCH被配置对应两个传输块，即对应2个HARQ-ACK比特。
需要说明的是，对于某个载波，接入网设备201可以配置终端采用2个传输块的传输模式，即该载波上的每个下行子帧可以传输2个传输块，那么每个下行子帧对应2个HARQ-ACK比特，则该载波上的下行子帧应该划分到2个HARQ-ACK比特的组中；但接入网设备201还可以配置终端202对于下行子帧上的2个传输块采用HARQ-ACK空间绑定的模式来反馈HARQ-ACK，此时一个下行子帧中调度的2个传输块只对应1个HARQ-ACK比特，即只有2个传输块全部接收正确才会反馈1比特的ACK，否则就反馈1比特的NACK，由于此时包括2个传输块的1个下行子帧对应1个HARQ-ACK比特的反馈，因此需要将该载波上的下行子帧划分到1个HARQ-ACK比特的组中。或者将该载波上的下行子帧划分到另一个1个HARQ-ACK比特的组中，即对于空间绑定后的1个HARQ-ACK的组和1个传输块对应1个HARQ-ACK的组是独立的两个组。
如前所述，UE在未收到下行调度信息时，由于不同载波配置了不同传输 模式，因此UE无法确定填充HARQ-ACK比特的比特数。
针对该问题，可有多种可选的解决方案，下面以其中两种为例加以说明。
可选解决方案一
该方案中，可以把上述预配置下行子帧集合M分为N个预配置下行子帧子集。其中，N为大于或等于2的整数，终端202为一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个下行子帧需要反馈的混合自动重传请求-确认HARQ-ACK的比特数为一个预先确定的值，比如：1比特或2比特；为不同预配置下行子帧子集中的任一下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数不同。
此时，预配置下行子帧子集的数目取决于需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数有几种可能的取值情况。比如：对于预配置下行子帧集合M，需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数有2种不同取值，则可将预配置下行子帧集合M分为两个预配置下行子帧子集；再比如：对于预配置下行子帧集合M，需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数有3种不同取值，则可将预配置下行子帧集合M分为三个预配置下行子帧子集。当然，若对于预配置下行子帧集合M，需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数仅有一种取值，则预配置下行子帧集合M无需分组。
以N＝2为例，预配置下行子帧集合M分为第一预配置下行子帧子集和第二预配置下行子帧子集。因此，由于即时调度下行子帧集合为预配置下行子帧集合的子集，因此即时调度下行子帧集合也就被分成了第一即时调度下行子帧子集和第二即时调度下行子帧子集，且第一即时调度下行子帧子集为第一预配置下行子帧子集的子集，第二即时调度下行子帧子集为第二预配置下行子帧子集的子集。
再比如：对于预配置下行子帧集合M，需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数有3种不同取值，则可将预配置下行子帧集合M分为三个预配置下行子帧子集。当然，若对于预配置下行子帧集合M，需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数仅有一种取值，则预配置下行子帧集合M无需分组。
可选解决方案二
该方案中，可以把上述预配置下行子帧集合M分为P个预配置下行子帧子集。其中，P为大于或等于2的整数，终端202为一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数为一个预先确定的值，比如：1比特和2比特。与可选解决方案一不同的是，无需限定为不同预配置下行子帧子集中的任一下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数不同。
只要在同一个预配置下行子帧子集中的下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK比特数相同，则可保证终端202能够正确填充NACK。
此时，预配置下行子帧子集的数目会大于或等于需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数取值数量。比如：对于预配置下行子帧集合M，需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数有2种不同取值，则可将预配置下行子帧集合M分为三个或四个等预配置下行子帧子集，只要一个预配置下行子帧子集中的下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK比特数相同即可。
该方案可以应用于如下场景，以解决上行子帧容量不足的问题：
通常，一个上行子帧的容量是有限的，对于多个下行子帧的HARQ-ACK均需要在同一个上行子帧反馈的情况，上行子帧的负荷会比较大。目前，在CA模式下，HARQ-ACK是在主载波的上行子帧上发送，考虑到主载波的上行子帧容量有限，可以考虑将部分下行子帧的HARQ-ACK置于辅载波的上行子帧上发送。此时，对于预配置下行子帧集合M中的需要反馈的HARQ-ACK比特数相同的下行子帧，进一步细分为多个预配置下行子帧子集，将部分预配置下行子帧子集置于辅载波的上行子帧上发送，解决了主载波上行子帧容量不足的问题。可选地，辅载波的上行子帧与主载波的上行子帧具有相同的子帧号，这样，无需重新定义HARQ-ACK时序关系。
上述两种可选解决方案仅为示例，从上述两种方案可以看出，在将预配置下行子帧集合M划分为多个预配置下行子帧子集时，只要保证同一个预配置下行子帧子集中的下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数相同，为预先确定的一个接入网设备201和终端202都知道的值，则可保证终端202能够正确填充NACK，接入网设备201也能够正确接收HARQ-ACK。
6、步骤S305中终端202生成HARQ-ACK码本
终端202生成的HARQ-ACK码本可包括预配置下行子帧集合M中的所有子帧的HARQ-ACK比特，或者也可仅包括预配置下行子帧集合M中被调度的所有下行子帧的HARQ-ACK比特，即前述的即时调度下行子帧集合中的所有下行子帧的HARQ-ACK比特。
终端202可根据收到的下行调度信息所调度的下行数据的接收情况，可选地若步骤S302中，终端202还接收前述的特殊下行控制信息，则还可根据该特殊下行控制信道的接收情况，以及下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，基于表2中规定的时序关系，确定上行子帧中(比如上述上行子帧2)需要反馈的原始HARQ-ACK信息比特，进而生成HARQ-ACK码本。
可选地，HARQ-ACK码本可对应于上述即时调度下行子帧集合。该即时调度下行子帧集合包括接入网设备201调度下行数据传输的下行子帧，若接入网设备201还发送特殊下行控制信道，则还包括这些特殊下行控制信道所在的子帧。以下实施例没有特别说明的话都假设没有上述特殊下行控制信道，但本发明实施例可用于存在下行数据信道和特殊下行控制信道的情况。
如前所述，本发明实施例中，预配置下行子帧集合M被分为N个预配置下行子帧子集，则终端202生成的HARQ-ACK码本可包括至少一个子码本，该至少一个子码本与至少一个预配置下行子帧子集一一对应，该至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为该N个预配置下行子帧子集中的至少一个预配置下行子帧子集，该至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为包含有该终端接收到该下行调度信息的下行子帧的子集。
若终端202生成的HARQ-ACK码本仅包括预配置下行子帧集合M中被调度的所有下行子帧的HARQ-ACK比特，即前述的即时调度下行子帧集合中的所有下行子帧的HARQ-ACK比特，则在N个预配置下行子帧子集中一个或多个预配置下行子帧子集中没有下行子帧被调度时，或者，终端202没有收到上述N个预配置下行子帧子集中一个或多个预配置下行子帧子集中的任何的下行子帧的下行调度信息时，终端202在生成的HARQ-ACK码本中可不 包括没有下行子帧被调度的预配置下行子帧子集对应的HARQ-ACK比特。
若终端202生成的HARQ-ACK码本包括预配置下行子帧集合M中的所有子帧的HARQ-ACK比特，则终端202在生成HARQ-ACK码本时，可分别生成N个预配置下行子帧子集中每一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本，可选地，终端202可将生成的N个子码本级联，组成一个HARQ-ACK码本。
若终端202生成的HARQ-ACK码本仅包括预配置下行子帧集合M中被调度的所有下行子帧的HARQ-ACK比特，即前述的即时调度下行子帧集合中的所有下行子帧的HARQ-ACK比特，则终端202在生成HARQ-ACK码本时，可分别生成N个即时调度下行子帧子集中每一个即时调度下行子帧子集对应的子码本，可选地，终端202可将生成的N个子码本级联，组成一个HARQ-ACK码本。
如前所述，终端202和接入网设备201需要预先知道预配置下行子帧集合M的划分规则，该规则对于终端202和接入网设备201是相同的，这里，终端202在级联生成HARQ-ACK码本时，采用的规则也应该是终端202和接入网设备201均预先知道的。比如，终端202按照需要反馈的HARQ-ACK比特数的多少，在级联时，将需要反馈HARQ-ACK比特数少的预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本放在前面，将需要反馈HARQ-ACK比特数多的预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本放在后面，这样，接入网设备201也按照同样的规则解析HARQ-ACK码本，则可准确或者HARQ-ACK比特。
7、步骤S305中终端202对生成HARQ-ACK码本进行信道编码，生成上行控制信息。
终端202在生成HARQ-ACK码本后，根据该码本进行信道编码。本发明实施例中，不对信道编码的类型限定，可以为线性块编码，卷积码或Turbo码等各种信道编码。如果用线性块编码，比如里德穆勒(RM，Reed Muller)码，一般不需要在编码前添加循环冗余校验(Cyclic Redundancy Check，CRC)；如果采用卷积码或Turbo，可以在编码前添加CRC，当然也可以不添加，本发明实施例对此不作限定。
可选地，终端202也可以根据码本大小采用不同的编码方式和CRC添加方式，比如：对于码本大小大于预设阈值的情况，采用卷积编码，此时添加CRC；对于码本大小小于或等于预设阈值的情况，采用RM码，此时可以不加CRC。
8、步骤S306、终端202向接入网设备201发送上行控制信息
以LTE系统为例，终端202可在PUCCH或PUSCH上发送步骤S305中生成的上行控制信息。
终端202在信道编码后，在发送上行控制信息之前，还需要把编码后的HARQ-ACK信息映射到物理资源上。该物理资源可以为PUCCH或PUSCH的资源。这里，以PUCCH资源为例描述终端202如何确定PUCCH资源。
可选地，终端202可根据资源指示信息确定PUCCH资源。所述终端202获取PUCCH资源集合，所述PUCCH资源集合包括至少一种PUCCH格式的PUCCH资源；终端202根据资源指示信息从PUCCH资源集合中确定PUCCH资源。
具体地，终端202可预先接收高层信令，比如RRC信令，获取接入网设备201为终端202配置的PUCCH资源集合，该集合中包括至少两个PUCCH资源。该集合中包括的PUCCH资源可以具有相同的格式，比如：当前CA模式下LTE系统中的PUCCH格式(比如格式3)或新PUCCH格式(比如基于PUSCH信道结构的PUCCH格式4)，也可以包括至少两种PUCCH格式，比如上述格式3和格式4，或者至少两种新格式。
然后，终端202根据资源指示信息从上述PUCCH资源集合中确定第一PUCCH资源。该资源指示信息可以包括当前调度下行数据信道的下行控制信道，具体可以包括这些控制信道中的比特或其他隐式的状态组合，比如新增比特，或重用当前发送功率控制(Transmit Power Control，TPC)字段。
可选的，对于不同的码本大小可以采用不同的PUCCH格式来承载HARQ-ACK，比如对于阈值之上的码本大小采用格式4；对于阈值以下的码本大小采用格式3。具体可以将上述资源指示信息的不同状态与不同的 PUCCH格式建立对应关系，然后根据上述资源指示信息确定PUCCH格式以及PUCCH资源。或者，建立资源指示信息、码本大小与PUCCH格式三者之间的关系，然后根据接收到的资源指示信息和确定的码本大小来确定PUCCH资源和PUCCH格式。
9、步骤S307、接入网设备201接收上行控制信息，得到HARQ-ACK码本，确定下行数据接收情况。
接入网设备201收到终端202发送的上行控制信息后，采用与终端202相同的信道编码方式进行信道译码后，得到HARQ-ACK码本。
若终端202在生成HARQ-ACK码本时，采用级联的方式将多个子码本组合成一个HARQ-ACK码本，则接入网设备201也采用与终端202相同的级联方式对HARQ-ACK码本中包括的多个子码本进行解析。
可选地，接入网设备201按照预先知道的与终端202相同的预配置下行子帧集合M的划分规则，确定每一个预配置下行子帧子集中的下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK比特数，对HARQ-ACK码本进行解析，从而准确获知终端202反馈的每一个下行子帧的HARQ-ACK，进而确定终端202对下行子帧中的下行数据的接收情况。
【实施例二】
实施例二提供的无线通信系统的结构可参考图2B。
实施例二中，不对预配置下行子帧集合M进行子集划分，终端202仅对接入网设备201调度的下行子帧反馈HARQ-ACK，且终端202判断下行调度信息是否漏检，以便于终端202对漏检位置的HARQ-ACK进行填充NACK处理，从而生成与接入网设备201理解一致的HARQ-ACK码本。
下面，结合图4说明接入网设备201和终端202之间进行下行调度、下行数据传输、HARQ-ACK信息反馈的过程，该过程包括如下步骤：
S401：接入网设备201向终端202发送下行子帧F(i,j)的下行调度信息和指示信息；
S402：终端202接收该下行调度信息和指示信息；
S403：接入网设备201在下行子帧F(i,j)上发送步骤S401中发送的下行调度信息所调度的下行数据；
S404：终端202根据步骤S402中收到的上述下行调度信息、指示信息确定接入网设备201调度的下行子帧，比如：终端202根据收到的下行调度信息确定该收到的下行调度信息所调度的下行子帧，并根据指示信息确定被接入网设备201调度的但被终端202漏检的下行调度信息所调度的下行子帧，从而确定接入网设备201实际调度的下行子帧，即接入网设备201即时调度的下行子帧；在确定的接入网设备201调度的下行子帧上接收该下行调度信息所调度的下行数据；
S405：终端202根据下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的下行数据的接收情况以及下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，生成HARQ-ACK码本，并通过对生成的HARQ-ACK码本进行编码生成上行控制信息；
S406：终端202向接入网设备201发送生成的上行控制信息；
S407:接入网设备201对收到的上行控制信息进行译码后得到HARQ-ACK码本；根据得到的HARQ-ACK码本，确定预配置下行子帧集合M中调度的下行子帧F(i,j)中的下行数据的接收情况。
对比图4和图3可见，在图4所示的步骤中，在步骤S401中，接入网设备201不仅向终端202发送下行调度信息，还发送指示信息，该指示信息的具体实现方式见后面的描述；在步骤S402中，终端202不仅接收下行调度信息，还接收接入网设备201发送的上述指示信息；
步骤S405中，终端202需要根据收到的下行调度信息、指示信息，确定接入网设备201调度的下行子帧，根据下行数据的接收情况以及下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK比特数，针对确定的接入网设备201调度的下行子帧生成HARQ-ACK码本。
步骤S407中，接入网设备201对收到的上行控制信息进行译码后得到HARQ-ACK码本，此时，接入网设备201应该按照调度的下行子帧解析HARQ-ACK码本，而不应该按照预配置下行子帧集合M解析HARQ-ACK码 本，得到调度的下行子帧中下行数据的接收情况。
其中，步骤S401和步骤S403可在一个步骤中完成，比如：对于LTE系统，接入网设备201在发送下行调度信息使用的同一个下行子帧中发送该下行调度信息调度的下行数据，该情况下，步骤S402和步骤S404也可在同一个步骤中完成，终端202可根据收到的下行子帧中下行调度信息，接收该同一下行子帧中的下行数据。
此外，对于在下行子帧m发送下行调度信息，调度终端接收下行子帧m+l中的下行数据的情况，接入网设备201可采用如图4中所示的方式，先发调度信息，再发下行数据，相应地，终端202也先接收下行调度信息，再根据收到的下行调度信息接收下行数据。或者，对于在载波1上的下行子帧m发送下行调度信息，调度终端接收载波2上的下行子帧m中的下行数据的情况，此时相当于下行调度信息和该下行调度信息所调度的下行数据是在相同时刻的下行子帧中发送和接收的，但上述下行调度信息和该下行调度信息所调度的下行数据在不同的载波上。
此外，指示信息可与下行调度信息一同发送，也可单独发送，比如通过单独的信令发送。可以一个下行子帧F(i,j)对应一个指示信息，也可多个下行子帧对应一个指示信息。
实施二中，终端202生成的HARQ-ACK码本仅包括接入网设备201调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK，减小了HARQ-ACK码本的大小，与反馈预配置下行子帧集合M中所有下行子帧的HARQ-ACK相比，减少了对上行控制信道，比如PUCCH的占用，提高了数据传输效率。接入网设备201在解析HARQ-ACK码本时，也仅需要解析调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK，降低了接入网设备201的处理符合。
下面，对指示信息加以详细说明。
实施例二中，终端202生成的HARQ-ACK码本中仅包括接入网设备201调度的下行子帧F(i,j)的HARQ-ACK，即针对前述的即时调度下行子帧集合而生成的。
参考图5A～图5D，终端202被配置了10个载波，且每个载波均为TDD配置2，那么上行主载波上的上行子帧2所关联的预配置下行子帧集合包括所有10个载波的所有下行子帧4、5、6和8。
假设某个调度场景下，终端202被实际调度的即时调度下行子帧集合包括载波1至载波7的子帧4，载波1+载波3+载波5的子帧5，载波1至载波6的子帧6，以及载波1至载波5的子帧8，那么这些当前被实际调度的下行子帧就构成了即时调度下行子帧集合。可见，该即时调度下行子帧集合为上述预配置下行子帧集合的子集。
此时，实施例二中，上行主载波上的上行子帧2上需要传输的HARQ-ACK码本就由上述即时调度下行子帧集合确定，即此时的HARQ-ACK码本大小为21，这里假设每个下行子帧对应1个HARQ-ACK比特。
其中，终端202可根据指示信息准确识别出上述即时调度下行子帧集合，以达到接入网设备201和终端202对于HARQ-ACK码本的理解一致。可选地，可通过上述指示信息来实现。该指示信息可承载于下行控制信道，该下行控制信息可为上述调度上述下行子帧中下行数据信道的下行控制信道，即为发送该下行子帧的下行调度信息的下行控制信道。
可选地，该指示信息可包括：第一指示信息和第二指示信息，该第一指示信息可称为“下行分配索引(Downlink Assignment Index，DAI)索引指示”，该第二指示信息可称为“DAI结束指示”。
上述两个指示信息可为新增的比特或复用当前下行控制信道中的已有比特，还可以是非比特的隐式指示，比如：扰码或某些比特的部分状态组合；或者DAI结束指示还可以通过单独的控制信道承载。
下面以每个下行控制信道中分别包括两比特的DAI索引指示和两比特的DAI结束指示为例，详细说明利用该两个DAI字段是如何确定基于即时调度下行子帧集合确定的HARQ-ACK码本。
其中，DAI索引指示，可以按照先载波后子帧的顺序(当然其他顺序也不排除，只要预先定义好)，在各自的下行控制信道中的取值依次累加。需要 说明的是，由于当前只有两个比特的DAI索引，因此需要循环计数，比如采用[(X-1)mod 4]+1的规则，即X＝1、5和9都对应DAI索引指示的取值1(比如以状态‘00’表示)，其中X为实际的累加计数值。
这样，如果终端202漏检了一部分下行控制信道，比如终端202连续收到DAI索引为1和4的下行控制信道，则终端202可获知漏检了之间的DAI索引分别为2和3的两个下行控制信道，这样终端202在确定HARQ-ACK码本时，就可以将上述两个漏检的下行控制信道对应的下行子帧所关联的HARQ-ACK比特位置放置两个零比特，即填充NACK。
但是，如果只借助于上述DAI索引指示，虽然能够发现两个接收到的下行控制信道之间漏检了下行控制信道，但是没办法发现末尾漏检的下行控制信道。比如，假设接入网设备201总共调度了4个下行控制信道，DAI索引指示的取值依次为1、2、3和4，但终端202只收到了DAI索引指示取值为1、2和3的3个下行控制信道，那么此时终端202是无法发现最后一个下行控制信道的漏检问题。
为了解决该末尾的下行控制信道漏检问题，可选地，可引入DAI结束指示，当然该方法并不是唯一的确定末尾下行控制信道漏检的方法，比如：如果UE没有判断出漏检了末尾的下行控制信息，接入网设备201在CRC校验时不会通过，因此接入网设备201可确定终端202反馈的HARQ-ACK码本错误。一旦接入网设备201进行CRC校验不通过，接入网设备201会认为本次终端202反馈的HARQ-ACK码本中的每个HARQ-ACK比特都是NACK，后续接入网设备201会启动物理层重传调度。此外，CRC校验保证了接入网设备201不会把终端202的NACK错检为ACK，避免了NACK被错判为ACK的严重错误事件的发生，因为该错误事件会导致物理层丢包，即接入网设备201认为终端202本没有接收正确的下行数据被接收正确了，因此接入网设备201不会启动物理层重传，而后续会启动高层重传，比如无线链路控制(RLC，Radio Link Control)层重传，该高层重传会比物理层重传大大降低了系统的资源利用效率。
需要说明的是,上述接入网设备201结合CRC和DAI索引指示确定HARQ-ACK码本错误的方法,接入网设备201一旦判定HARQ-ACK码本错误,就要启动该HARQ-ACK码本所反馈的所有下行子帧的重传调度。对于那些即使终端202接收正确的下行子帧的下行数据，也要重传，一定意义上，数据传输效率还是不高。因此，可选地，终端202可根据下面介绍的DAI结束指示来判断末尾下行调度信息的漏检。该方法相对于结合CRC和DAI索引的方法，数据传输效率会显著提高。
下面介绍DAI结束指示的可选实现方式：
可选实现方式一
如图5A所示，DAI结束指示用于指示上述即时调度下行子帧集合中的当前子帧中被调度的PDSCH的总数，在CA模式下，当前子帧被调度的PDSCH可包括：聚合的各个载波上与当前子帧的子帧号相同的各个下行子帧，具体的DAI总数的取值的取模规则与DAI索引指示的一致，即[(X-1)mod 4]+1。
可选实现方式二
如图5B所示，用于指示上述即时调度下行子帧集合中的当前子帧以及之前子帧中被调度的PDSCH的总数。
此外，还可以采用预测调度的方法，比如：将图5B中的分母都改成1。此时，DAI结束指示用于指示上述即时调度下行子帧集合中被调度的PDSCH的总数，但是这需要接入网设备201在进行调度时进行预测，比如在调度子帧4的时刻，就需要预测子帧5、6和8是否需要调度以及准确的调度子帧的个数，因为要保持这些下行控制信道中的DAI总数的取值一致。这种预测调度会带来一定的实现复杂度。
对于可选实现方式一和二，需要说明的是，第二指示信息可以位于调度上述下行子帧的每个下行调度信息中；或者，第二指示信息不需要位于调度上述下行子帧的下行调度信息中，而只要保证对于具有某个子帧号的多个被调度的下行子帧中有至少一个第二指示信息，或者只要保证对于某个即时调度下行子帧子集中的多个被调度的下行子帧中有至少一个第二指示信息。
可选实现方式三
如图5C所示，用于指示上述即时调度下行子帧集合中的倒数X个PDSCH，比如X＝3，那么倒数3个子帧对应DAI结束指示的取值反向设定为4、3和2，其余的DAI结束指示的取值为1。
可选实现方式四
如图5D所示，用于指示上述即时调度下行子帧集合中的每个子帧中被调度的倒数X个PDSCH，比如X＝3，那么每个子帧中的倒数3个PDSCH对应的DAI结束指示的取值反向设定为4、3和2，该子帧中其余的DAI结束指示的取值为1。
此外，DAI结束指示的总数指示还可以包括特殊下行控制信道的个数，该特殊下行控制信道用于指示半持续调度的资源释放，而不用于调度PDSCH。而且，DAI索引指示的累计计数也可以包括上述特殊下行控制信道。
通过上述DAI索引指示和DAI结束指示，可以使得终端202即使在存在一定漏检下行控制信道的情况下，依然可以准确恢复出接入网设备201实际调度的下行子帧所对应的HARQ-ACK码本。
但上述方案都是假设每个下行子帧对应1个HARQ-ACK比特。如果每个载波被配置了不同的数据信道传输模式，很可能会使得不同载波上的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK比特数量不相同。
比如：LTE支持如表1中所示的9种数据信道传输模式，其中的传输模式1、2、5、6、7下的一个下行子帧中调度的PDSCH都是单个传输块的，即每个下行子帧对应1个HARQ-ACK比特；而传输模式3、4、8、9下的一个下行子帧中调度的PDSCH可以是两个传输块的，即每个下行子帧对应2个HARQ-ACK比特。
如前所述，随着技术的发展，在CA模式下，为终端202配置的每个载波可以采用不同的传输模式。实施例二提供的基于即时调度下行子帧集合生成HARQ-ACK码本存在一定的错误风险。举例说明如下：
参考图6，假设终端202被配置了8个FDD载波，以其中一个下行子帧 为例，假设载波1至载波8被配置的每个下行子帧中可以调度的最大传输块个数依次为{1,2,2,2,1,1,2,1}，而接入网设备201调度了其中6个载波的该下行子帧中的下行数据信道，按照实施例二的方法，对应的下行控制信道中的DAI索引指示的取值依次为{1,2,3,4,1,2}。
假设终端202漏检了其中的载波4上的该下行子帧中的下行控制信道，那么终端202可以通过前后两个DAI索引指示的取值分别为3和1来发现漏检了一个DAI索引指示取值为4的下行控制信道，但是，终端202并不知道漏检的是载波4还是载波5的下行控制信道，而载波4上的该下行子帧对应2个HARQ-ACK比特，载波5上的该下行子帧对应1个HARQ-ACK比特，因此终端202不清楚应该填充1个零还是两个零，这样会导致与接入网设备201对于HARQ-ACK码本彼此不一致的风险发生，最终导致接入网设备201对于该HARQ-ACK码本的解析错误。
鉴于实施例二中，在CA模式下，终端202的不同载波可以被配置不同的数据信道传输模式，进而可能导致不同的下行子帧上调度的最大传输块个数不相等，导致基于即时调度下行子帧集合确定HARQ-ACK码本的方案存在一定的风险。因此，结合实施例一和实施例二，提供实施例三的方案。
【实施例三】
实施例三提供了第三种无线通信系统。其中，预配置下行子帧集合M分为N个预配置下行子帧子集，终端202根据诸如实施例二中提供的指示信息，确定每一预配置下行子帧子集中的即时调度下行子帧子集，针对即时调度下行子帧子集生成HARQ-ACK码本。
实施例三提供的无线通信系统的结构也可参考图2A。接入网设备201和终端202之间进行下行调度、下行数据传输和HARQ-ACK信息反馈的过程，可参考图4。
实施例三，接入网设备201不仅向终端202发送下行调度信息，还发送诸如实施例二中描述的指示信息。实施例三中，终端202仅对接入网设备201调度的下行子帧反馈HARQ-ACK。
实施例三与实施例二的区别在于，实施例三中，预配置下行子帧集合M分为N个预配置下行子帧子集，N为大于或等于2的整数，为一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数为一个预先确定的值，为不同预配置下行子帧子集中的任一下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数不同。
实施例三中，第一指示信息，即DAI索引指示是针对一个预配置下行子帧子集的，该预配置下行子帧子集种的下行子帧F(i,j)对应的第一指示信息用于指示：按照设置顺序，下行子帧F(i,j)在包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧中的顺序号，比如：该第一指示信息可在预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧中，按照上述设置顺序累加计数。
相应地，终端202在生成HARQ-ACK码本时，生成的HARQ-ACK码本包括至少一个子码本，该至少一个子码本与至少一个预配置下行子帧子集一一对应，该至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为N个预配置下行子帧子集中的至少一个预配置下行子帧子集，该至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为包含有终端202接收到所述下行调度信息的下行子帧的子集。
其中，至少一个子码本是按照如下方式生成的：
针对至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，终端202根据下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的下行数据的接收情况以及下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照第一指示信息指示的顺序号生成一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
实施例三中，指示信息除了第一指示信息之外，还可包括第二指示信息，即DAI结束指示。
该第二指示信息对应于一个预配置下行子帧子集，一个预配置下行子帧子集，对应的第二指示信息有多种可选实现方式，举例如下：
可选实现方式一
第二指示信息用于指示：包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧的总数。
可选实现方式二
第二指示信息用于指示：包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧以及在子帧号为j的下行子帧时刻之前的下行子帧的总数。
可选实现方式三
第二指示信息用于指示：包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的总数。
可选实现方式四
包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧中传输的传输块的总数。
可选实现方式五
包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧以及在子帧号为j的下行子帧时刻之前的下行子帧中传输的传输块的总数。
可选实现方式六
包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧中传输的传输块的总数。
可选实现方式七
包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照设置顺序排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的下行子帧所对应的第二指示信息的取值分别为AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0，其余下行子帧所对应的第二指示信息的取值分别为A0，其余下行子帧为包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，除排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，X的被调度的下行子帧之外的下行子帧，AX-1，AX-2，...，A1以及A0为不同值，其中，X为大于1的正整数。
可选实现方式八
包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照设置顺序的相反顺序排序的该预配置下行子帧子集中的被调度的下行子帧对应的第二指示信息的 取值分别为{AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0}的循环取值，其中，X为大于1的正整数。
可选实现方式九
包括的下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照设置顺序排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧所对应的第二指示信息的取值分别为AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0，其余子帧号为j的下行子帧所对应的第二指示信息的取值分别为A0，其余子帧号为j的下行子帧为包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，除排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧之外的子帧号为j的下行子帧，AX-1，AX-2，...，A1以及A0为不同值，其中，X为大于1的正整数。
可选实现方式十
按照设置顺序的相反顺序排序的该预配置下行子帧子集中的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧对应的第二指示信息的取值分别为{AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0}的循环取值。
可选实现方式十一
第二指示信息用于指示：包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集所对应的子码本的比特数，该比特数也可以称为码本大小或码本尺寸。该码本大小小于预配置下行子帧子集对应的HARQ-ACK的比特数，但大于或等于即时调度下行子帧子集中的下行子帧数或传输块个数。当该码本大小大于即时调度下行子帧子集中的下行子帧数或传输块个数时，UE和基站都会确定码本末尾填充了至少一个NACK，具体填充的NACK的个数为上述码本大小减去即时调度下行子帧子集中实际调度下行数据的下行子帧数或传输块个数。例如，以UE被配置了10个载波，且每个载波均为TDD上下行配置2，以上行子帧2对应的该10个载波上的子帧4、5、6和8为例，且对于N个分组中的每一个组，基站在子帧4对UE进行下行数据调度时，预估即时调度下行子帧子集中实际调度该UE的下行数据的下行子帧数为X，其中X满足下式：[(X-1)mod 4]+1 ＝2。接着，基站对该UE进行子帧5、6和8中的调度，但最终由于某种原因，基站在该即时调度下行子帧子集中实际调度该UE的下行数据的下行子帧数为20，上述原因包括控制信道容量，其他UE的优先级高于该UE或非授权载波上的调度还要取决于该载波上面负载的情况等。由于最终实际调度的下行子帧数为20，那么预估确定的X的实际取值可以被最终确定为22，因此按照此规则，UE和基站都会把此时HARQ-ACK的码本的码本大小理解为22比特，该22比特中的前20个比特的位置对应即时调度下行子帧子集中实际被调度的下行子帧，最后两个比特的位置进行NACK填充。或者，基站最终确定该即时调度下行子帧中实际调度该UE的下行子帧数为16，则上述X可以被理解为18，HARQ-ACK码本的最终2个比特位置被填充为NACK。对于该实施例，基站可以预先估计一个HARQ-ACK码本的码本大小，然后在即时调度下行子帧集合中对UE进行了实际调度后，再来最终确定HARQ-ACK码本中实际调度的下行数据对应的HARQ-ACK比特位置，以及对于其他位置进行填充NACK处理，避免了预测调度问题，且上述灵活的X解析也不会给调度的子帧数带来限制。或者，还可以预先给UE配置N个实际调度的下行子帧数，N大于1，然后再用DAI总数指示在上述N个数中动态选择一个作为当前的HARQ-ACK码本大小，该方案也可以做到不需要预测调度，即针对动态选择了的码本大小进行NACK填充，但不如上述实施例中的方法灵活，因为一定确定了该动态选择了的码本大小，当次的即时调度下行子帧子集中就不能随意确定实际调度的下行子帧了。
此时，终端202在生成预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本时，可根据下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的下行数据的接收情况以及下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照第一指示信息指示的顺序号以及第二指示信息生成一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
其中，前面对第一指示信息和第二指示信息的描述中，涉及的设置顺序 可包括：载波和子帧之间的顺序，以及载波顺序和子帧顺序；
其中，载波和子帧之间的顺序可包括：先载波后子帧或先子帧后载波；
其中，载波顺序可包括：载波索引从小到大，或载波索引(index)从大到小；子帧顺序包括：子帧时刻从前到后，或子帧时刻从后到前。
由于预配置下行子帧集合M分为N个预配置下行子帧子集，而不同预配置下行子帧子集中下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK比特数不同，同一预配置下行子帧子集中的下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK比特数相同。而第一指示信息和第二指示信息是对应于一个预配置下行子帧子集的，而非对应于预配置下行子帧集合M。这样，终端202就能根据第一指示信息，可选地，还可根据第二指示信息，准确判断是哪一个预配置下行子帧子集中的下行调度信息被漏检，而终端202也预先知道一个预配置下行子帧子集中需要反馈的HARQ-ACK比特数，这样，在确定下行调度信息漏检时，就可以填充正确数量的HARQ-ACK了。
下面，参考图7A和图7B举例说明。终端202的10个载波按照数据信道传输模式被分为了两组，载波{1,4,5,7,10}为第一组，该第一组载波上的下行子帧4、5、6和8这20个下行子帧构成了第一预配置下行子帧子集，其中每个子帧中在当前数据信道传输模式下被调度的PDSCH对应于1个传输块，即对应1个HARQ-ACK比特；载波{2,3,6,8,9}为第二组，该第二组载波上的下行子帧4、5、6和8这20个下行子帧构成了第二预配置下行子帧子集，其中每个子帧中在当前数据信道传输模式下被调度的PDSCH对应于2个传输块，即对应2个HARQ-ACK比特。
其中，对于第一预配置下行子帧子集，被实际调度的下行子帧为全部第一组载波上的子帧4和子帧6，载波1、4、5和10上的子帧5，以及载波1和4上的子帧8，这些子帧构成了第一即时调度下行子帧子集。
上述第一即时调度子帧下行子集对应的第一子码本中的HARQ-ACK按照设置顺序进行排序，其中，可选地，可按照先载波再子帧的正向顺序，具体可以通过第一指示信息，即DAI索引指示来标识，该DAI索引指示可以位 于调度该第一即时调度下行子帧子集的各下行控制信道，若存在上述特殊下行控制信道中，则还可以位于该特殊下行控制信道中，或者若仅存在上述特殊下行控制信道，则仅存在于这些特殊下行控制信道中。DAI索引指示的取值可以按照上述先载波后子帧的正向顺序进行累计计数。这里提到的正向顺序具体可以为按照载波索引(index)，也可称为载波序号，由小到大或由大到小，然后子帧的时刻上由先到后的顺序。其他的载波排序方式也不排除，只要是预定义的一个顺序即可。
这里，DAI索引指示可占用2个比特，代表的四个状态{00，01，10，11}若DAI索引指示在预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧中，按照设置顺序累加计数，则累计计数取值可以分别为{1，2，3，4}。如果超过4，就可以循环计数，即{1，2，3，4，5(1)，6(2)，7(3)...}。具体可以由公式表示：Y＝[(X-1)mod 4]+1，其中，X为实际累计计数的计数值，比如上述1至7，Y为循环取模后的数值，即对应上述{1，2，3，4，1，2，3}。当然，其他计数方式也不排除，比如{0，1，2，3，0，1，2，3...}等。上述2比特的DAI索引指示也是一个具体例子，其他比特数的DAI索引指示的方案类似，并不排除。
如前所述，终端202基于DAI索引指示，可以判断出中间漏检的下行控制信道，但无法判断末尾漏检的下行控制信道。此时，可结合信道编码前的CRC，比如：如果UE没有判断出漏检了末尾的下行控制信道，接入网设备201在CRC校验时不会通过，因此接入网设备201可确定终端202反馈的HARQ-ACK码本错误，进而进行物理层重传。
可选地，接入网设备201除了发送第一指示信息之外，还可发送第二指示信息。帮助终端判断是否漏检了即时调度下行子帧子集中最后的1到几个下行控制信道的情况，或者每个子帧中的最后1到几个下行控制信道的情况。
这里，以2比特的DAI结束指示为例。这里，假设该DAI结束指示位于调度上述即时调度下行子帧集合的各下行控制信道中，当然也可以是只位于这些调度下行数据信道的下行控制信道中的一部分下行控制信道中；此外，DAI结束指示还可以是其他非调度这些下行数据信道之外的特殊下行控制信 道中，比如每个子帧会至少发送1个这种特殊下行控制信道或者每个即时调度下行子帧子集中会至少发送1个这种特殊下行控制信道，这些扩展的实施例都不排除。
如前所述，该DAI结束指示可有多种设定方法。其中，DAI结束指示可每个下行子帧独立设定，也可多个下行子帧对应于同一个DAI结束指示。
比如：对于前述的实施例三中的可选实现方式一，DAI结束指示可每子帧独立设定，用于指示当前子帧中调度的PDSCH的个数；
对于前述的实施例三中的可选实现方式四，DAI结束指示可每个子帧独立设定，用于指示当前子帧中调度的传输块(Transport Block，TB)的个数。
参考图7A，第一即时调度下行子帧子集中的每个子帧独立设定DAI结束指示，其取值表示当前子帧的调度的下行数据信道的总数，这个总数可以包括或不包括上述SPS的下行数据信道，因为SPS的下行数据信道不是即时调度而是预先就确定了周期和具体子帧位置的，因此算与不算到上述DAI总数指示中只要定好一种规则即可。此外，如果考虑到上述特殊下行控制信道，上述DAI总数指示的取值也需要包括该特殊下行控制信道，即需要考虑当前子帧的下行数据信道的总数再加上上述特殊下行控制信道的总数。
DAI结束指示的具体取值设定方法也可以采用循环取模方式。比如以2个比特的DAI总数指示为例(其他比特数的设定方法类似)，可以采用公式Y＝[(X-1)mod 4]+1，其中，X为实际的总数数值，比如子帧4的总数7，Y为循环取模后的数值，比如子帧4的总数取值设定为1。
采用该方法，无需接入网设备201在调度时进行提前预测，降低了调度复杂度。比如，接入网设备201在进行子帧n的数据调度时，设定的DAI总数指示只需要考虑当前子帧n的调度的下行数据信道的总数，而不需要在调度子帧n时还预测子帧n+1的时候的数据调度的子帧个数和子帧具体位置。此外，还可以采用每个子帧累计之前子帧的计数值，具体如图5B所示的方法。
再比如：对于前述的可选实现方式七，DAI结束指示可每个子帧独立设定，且指示当前子帧中倒数X-1个调度的PDSCH。
参考图7B，第一即时调度下行子帧子集中，按照设置顺序排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的下行子帧所对应的第二指示信息的取值分别为AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0，其余下行子帧所对应的第二指示信息的取值分别为A0，其余下行子帧为包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，除排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，X的被调度的下行子帧之外的下行子帧，AX-1，AX-2，...，A1以及A0为不同值，其中，X为大于1的正整数。其中，可选地，X为2的Y次方，Y为DAI结束指示的比特数。
比如，以子帧4为例，且2比特的DAI结束指示，即X＝4，则倒数第1、2、3个子帧对应的DAI结束指示的取值分别为A3＝4，A2＝3和A1＝2，而其余的两个子帧对应的DAI结束指示的取值均为A0＝1。
再比如，子帧8只调度了两个子帧，则倒数第1和倒数第2个子帧对应的DAI结束指示的取值分别为A3＝4和A2＝3。可选的，DAI结束指示也可以用于指示第一即时调度下行子帧子集中的倒数X-1的PDSCH调度，DAI结束指示的取值方法类似于上述方法。
按照上述DAI索引指示和DAI结束指示的设定规则，分别确定了第一子码本和第二子码本后，终端202将这两部分子码本级联，比如先排第一子码本后排第二码本，或先排第二码本后排第一子码本，组成最终的HARQ-ACK码本。
再比如：对于上述可选实现方式八，就是根据设置顺序的倒序设置DAI结束指示：4、3、2、1、4、3、2、1……。
需要说明的是，上述子码本级联的方案将上述多个子码本组合成一个最终的HARQ-ACK码本，对于终端202和接入网设备201对于最终的码本的理解的一致性效果更加鲁棒，具体说明如下：
参考图8，以12个FDD载波的CA为例，假设载波1、3、5、7、9和11上每个下行子帧对应1个HARQ-ACK比特，载波2、4、6、8、10和12上每个下行子帧对应2个HARQ-ACK比特，那么基于上述方法，载波1、3、5、7、9和11上的6个下行子帧构成了上述第一预配置下行子帧集合，载波2、 4、6、8、10和12上的6个下行子帧构成了上述第二预配置下行子帧集合。
再假设接入网设备201实际调度终端202的第一即时调度下行子帧子集为第一预配置下行子帧集合中的下行子帧1、5、7和9，第二即时调度下行子帧子集为第二预配置下行子帧集合中的下行子帧2、4、6和8，那么第一指示信息的取值对于第一即时调度下行子帧子集中的下行子帧1、5、7和9分别为1、2、3和4，对于第二即时调度下行子帧子集中的下行子帧2、4、6和8分别为1、2、3和4。
再假设终端202漏检了第一即时调度下行子帧子集中的下行子帧5上的下行调度信息。
基于上述假设，如果不基于子码本级联的方式来组成最终的HARQ-ACK码本，而比如基于载波索引号由小到大的顺序进行子码本的组合，那么可能还是会出现较小概率的终端202和接入网设备201对于最终码本中的HARQ-ACK比特排序理解不一致的情况。当然，这样的小概率的理解不一致的情况，可通过高层重传来解决。
对于上述假设，终端202可以确定第一即时调度下行子帧中第一指示信息取值为1和3的中间位置漏检了一个下行调度信息，但终端202并不能确定漏检的下行调度信息是对应于载波3还是载波5的，那么终端202按照载波索引号由小到大的顺序进行子码本组合的话，可能会有两种可能，分别为：第一种组合后的码本中对应的HARQ-ACK比特排序对应{1,22,3,44,66,7,88,9}；第二种组合后的码本中对应的HARQ-ACK比特排序对应的下行子帧为{1,22,44,5,66,7,88,9}，其中，1代表载波1的1个HARQ-ACK比特，22代表载波2的2个HARQ-ACK比特，等等。
因此,可能会出现接入网设备201和终端202对最终码本的理解存在不一致的可能性，但接入网设备201对于上述情况也可以预先知道终端202可能不确定的漏检子帧，那么接入网设备201至少可以准确获取HARQ-ACK码本中其他位置的HARQ-ACK比特，而不会导致该HARQ-ACK码本中的所有HARQ-ACK比特对应的下行子帧都启动物理层重传；或者，接入网设备201 可以选择规避这类调度方式，比如接入网设备201尽量做到按照上述设置顺序进行连续的下行子帧调度。
但是，如果基于上述分组的子码本直接级联的方式，就可以消除上述终端202和接入网设备201对于最终的HARQ-ACK码本理解不一致的问题。具体的，还是以上述假设为例，以每个子帧对应1个HARQ-ACK比特的子码本在前，每个子帧对应2个HARQ-ACK比特的子码本在后的级联方式，最终级联后的HARQ-ACK码本为{1,X,7,9,22,44,66,88}，其中X为3或5，但是接入网设备201知道自己实际调度该终端202的是3或5中的哪个子帧，因此即时终端202无法确定该1个HARQ-ACK码本对应子帧3或子帧5，但接入网设备201可以确定。
需要说明的是，上面以TDD LTE为例进行说明，但本发明实施例也适用于FDD LTE等其他无线通信系统。对于FDD LTE，一个上行子帧所关联的预配置下行子帧集合M中，一个下行载波上仅有1个下行子帧，因此，本发明实施例中FDD LTE系统的实现方案可视为TDD LTE系统实现方案的一个特例。
此外，本发明实施例也适用于前述的FDD+TDD CA的CA模式，，该该CA模式下，一个上行子帧所关联的预配置下行子帧集合M中，对于FDD载波，仅有1个下行子帧，对于TDD载波，按照前述的HARQ-ACK时序，可有多个下行子帧。
【实施例四】
图9为本发明实施例四提供的终端的结构示意图。如图9所示，该终端包括：
接收模块901，用于接收下行子帧F(i,j)的下行调度信息，其中，下行子帧F(i,j)为上行子帧对应的预配置下行子帧集合M中的子帧；
其中，F(i,j)表示为终端配置的载波i上的下行子帧j，i∈C，C为配置给终端进行下行数据传输的所有载波的集合，j∈K，K为上行子帧所对应的下 行子帧的集合；
其中，预配置下行子帧集合M分为N个预配置下行子帧子集，N为大于或等于2的整数，为一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个下行子帧需要反馈的混合自动重传请求-确认HARQ-ACK的比特数为一个预先确定的值，为不同预配置下行子帧子集中的任一下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数不同；
接收模块901还用于：在下行子帧F(i,j)接收下行调度信息所调度的下行数据；
处理模块902，用于根据接收模块901在下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的下行数据的接收情况以及下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，生成HARQ-ACK码本，其中，HARQ-ACK码本包括至少一个子码本，至少一个子码本与至少一个预配置下行子帧子集一一对应，至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为N个预配置下行子帧子集中的至少一个预配置下行子帧子集，至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为包含有终端接收到下行调度信息所调度的下行数据的下行子帧的子集；以及通过对HARQ-ACK码本进行编码生成上行控制信息；
发送模块903，用于在上行子帧上发送上行控制信息。
可选地，子码本中包括的HARQ-ACK为子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK，但不包括子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中没有被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK。
可选地，子码本中包括的HARQ-ACK包括子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK；或者，子码本中包括的HARQ-ACK包括子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK以及至少一个填充比特，该填充比特可以为预置的值，比如NACK。但需要注意的是，无论是否包括填充的NACK，子码本的比特数要小于即时调度下行子帧子集所属的预配置下行子帧子集所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数。上述填充比特可以位于上述即时调度下行子帧子集中的下行子 帧对应的HARQ-ACK的比特位置之后。
可选地，接收模块901还用于，在处理模块902生成HARQ-ACK码本之前，接收至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中每个预配置下行子帧子集所包括的下行子帧F(i,j)对应的第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示：按照设置顺序，下行子帧F(i,j)在包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧中的顺序号；
处理模块902具体用于：按照如下方式生成至少一个子码本：
针对至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，根据下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的下行数据的接收情况以及下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照第一指示信息指示的顺序号生成一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
可选地，接收模块901还用于：在处理模块902生成HARQ-ACK码本之前，接收至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中每个预配置下行子帧子集对应的第二指示信息，第二指示信息用于指示的内容可以参照上述实施例中的描述。
可选地，第二指示信息用于指示：包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集所对应的子码本的比特数，该比特数也可以称为码本大小或码本尺寸。中被调度的下行子帧的总数。该码本大小小于预配置下行子帧子集对应的HARQ-ACK的比特数，但大于或等于即时调度下行子帧子集中的下行子帧数或传输块个数。当该码本大小大于即时调度下行子帧子集中的下行子帧数或传输块个数时，UE和基站都会确定码本末尾填充了至少一个NACK，具体填充的NACK的个数为上述码本大小减去即时调度下行子帧子集中实际调度下行数据的下行子帧数或传输块个数。具体实施例描述参考实施例三，此处不再赘述。
处理模块902具体用于：
针对至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，根据下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的下行数据的接收情况以及下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照第一指示信息指示的顺序号以及第二指示信息生 成一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
可选地，接收模块901还用于：在处理模块902生成HARQ-ACK码本之前，接收至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中每个预配置下行子帧子集所包括的下行子帧F(i,j)对应的第二指示信息；
其中，包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照设置顺序排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的下行子帧所对应的第二指示信息的取值分别为AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0，其余下行子帧所对应的第二指示信息的取值分别为A0，其余下行子帧为包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，除排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，X的被调度的下行子帧之外的下行子帧，AX-1，AX-2，...，A1以及A0为不同值；或者
包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照设置顺序的相反顺序排序的该预配置下行子帧子集中的被调度的下行子帧对应的第二指示信息的取值分别为{AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0}的循环取值；或者
包括的下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照设置顺序排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧所对应的第二指示信息的取值分别为AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0，其余子帧号为j的下行子帧所对应的第二指示信息的取值分别为A0，其余子帧号为j的下行子帧为包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，除排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧之外的子帧号为j的下行子帧，AX-1，AX-2，...，A1以及A0为不同值；或者
按照设置顺序的相反顺序排序的该预配置下行子帧子集中的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧对应的第二指示信息的取值分别为{AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0}的循环取值；
其中，X为大于1的正整数；
处理模块902具体用于：
针对至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，根据下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的下行数据的接收情况以及下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的 HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照第一指示信息指示的顺序号以及第二指示信息生成一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
可选地，设置顺序可参照上文的描述。
可选地，至少一个子码本在HARQ-ACK码本中是级联的。
其中，预配置下行子帧集合M的划分的可选实现方案可参考实施例一中的相关描述。
其中，处理模块902生成子码本，以及将生成的各个子码本组成HARQ-ACK码本，进行信道编码生成上行控制信息，发送模块903发送上行控制信息的可选实现方式可参考实施例一～实施例三中终端202的处理。
其中，接收模块901接收第一指示信息和第二指示信息，处理模块902根据第一指示信息和第二指示信息确定接入网设备调度的下行子帧的可选实现方式，可参考实施例一～实施例三中终端202的处理。
实施例四提供的终端的其他可选实现方式可参考前述的终端202，重复之处不再赘述。
具体地，处理模块902用于执行终端202所执行的处理操作，接收模块901可用于执行终端202所执行的接收操作，发送模块903可用于执行终端202所执行的发送操作。
图10示出了终端的一种可选的实现方式，其中，处理模块902可由图10中的处理器1002实现，接收模块901可由图10中的接收器1001实现，发送模块903可由图10中的发射器1003实现。其中，总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥，具体由处理器1002代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器1004代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起，这些都是本领域所公知的，因此，本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。接收器1001和发射器1003可以由一个收发器实现，提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。针对不同的终端，用户接口1005还可以是能够外接内接需要设备的接口，连接的设备包括但不限于小键盘、显示器、扬声器、 麦克风、操纵杆等。
图11示出了终端的另一种可选的实现方式，其中，处理模块902可由图11中的处理器1102实现，接收模块901可由图11中的接收器1101实现，发送模块903可由图11中的发射器1103实现。
【实施例五】
图12为本发明实施例五提供的终端的结构示意图。如图12所示，该接入网设备包括：
发送模块1203，用于向终端发送下行子帧F(i,j)的下行调度信息，并在下行子帧F(i,j)向终端发送下行调度信息所调度的下行数据，其中，下行子帧F(i,j)为上行子帧对应的预配置下行子帧集合M中的子帧；
其中，F(i,j)表示为终端配置的载波i上的下行子帧j，i∈C，C为配置给终端进行下行数据传输的所有载波的集合；j∈K，K为上行子帧所对应的下行子帧的集合；
其中，预配置下行子帧集合M分为N个预配置下行子帧子集，N为大于或等于2的整数，为一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数为一个预先确定的值，为不同预配置下行子帧子集中的任一下行子帧需要反馈的混合自动重传请求-确认HARQ-ACK的比特数不同；
接收模块1201，用于接收终端在第一子帧上发送的用于反馈下行调度信息所调度的下行数据的接收情况的上行控制信息；
处理模块1202，用于对上行控制信息进行译码得到HARQ-ACK码本，其中，得到的HARQ-ACK码本包括至少一个子码本，至少一个子码本与至少一个预配置下行子帧子集一一对应，至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为N个预配置下行子帧子集中的至少一个预配置下行子帧子集，至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为包含有下行调度信息所调度的下行数据的下行子帧的子集。
可选地，子码本中包括的HARQ-ACK为子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK，但不包括子码本对应的预配置下行子 帧子集中没有被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK。
可选地，子码本中包括的HARQ-ACK包括子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK；或者，子码本中包括的HARQ-ACK包括子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK以及至少一个填充比特，该填充比特可以为预置的值，比如NACK。但需要注意的是，无论是否包括填充的NACK，子码本的比特数要小于即时调度下行子帧子集所属的预配置下行子帧子集所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数。上述填充比特可以位于上述即时调度下行子帧子集中的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK的比特位置之后。
可选地，发送模块1203还用于：在接收模块1201接收终端发送的上行控制信息之前，针对至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个预配置下行子帧子集所包括的下行子帧F(i,j)，向终端发送该下行子帧F(i,j)对应的第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示：按照设置顺序，下行子帧F(i,j)在包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧中的顺序号；指示终端按照如下方式生成至少一个子码本：
针对至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，根据下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的下行数据的接收情况，以及下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照第一指示信息指示的顺序号生成一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
可选地，发送模块1203还用于：在接收模块1201接收终端发送的上行控制信息之前，针对至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个预配置下行子帧子集，向终端发送第二指示信息，第二指示信息用于指示的内容可以参照上述实施例中的描述。
可选地，第二指示信息用于指示：包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集所对应的子码本的比特数，该比特数也可以称为码本大小或码本尺寸。中被调度的下行子帧的总数。该码本大小小于预配置下行子帧子集对应的HARQ-ACK的比特数，但大于或等于即时调度下行子帧子集中的下行 子帧数或传输块个数。当该码本大小大于即时调度下行子帧子集中的下行子帧数或传输块个数时，UE和基站都会确定码本末尾填充了至少一个NACK，具体填充的NACK的个数为上述码本大小减去即时调度下行子帧子集中实际调度下行数据的下行子帧数或传输块个数。具体实施例描述参考实施例三，此处不再赘述。
或者，第二指示信息可以指示终端：
针对至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，根据下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的下行数据的接收情况以及下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照第一指示信息指示的顺序号以及第二指示信息生成一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
可选地，发送模块1203还用于：在接收模块1201接收终端发送的上行控制信息之前，针对至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个预配置下行子帧子集所包括的下行子帧F(i,j)，向终端发送下行子帧F(i,j)对应的第二指示信息；
其中，包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照设置顺序排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的下行子帧所对应的第二指示信息的取值分别为AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0，其余下行子帧所对应的第二指示信息的取值分别为A0，其余下行子帧为包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，除排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，X的被调度的下行子帧之外的下行子帧，AX-1，AX-2，...，A1以及A0为不同值；或者
包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照设置顺序的相反顺序排序的该预配置下行子帧子集中的被调度的下行子帧对应的第二指示信息的取值分别为{AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0}的循环取值；或者
包括的下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照设置顺序排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧所对应的第二指示信息的取值分别AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0，其余子帧号为j的下行子帧所对应的第二指示信息的取值分别为A0，其余子帧号为j的下行子帧为包括下行 子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，除排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧之外的子帧号为j的下行子帧，AX-1，AX-2，...，A1以及A0为不同值；或者
按照设置顺序的相反顺序排序的该预配置下行子帧子集中的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧对应的第二指示信息的取值分别为{AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0}的循环取值；
其中，X为大于1的正整数；
第二指示信息用于指示终端：针对至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，根据在下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的下行数据的接收情况以及下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照第一指示信息指示的顺序号以及第二指示信息生成一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
可选地，设置顺序包括：
载波和子帧之间的顺序，以及载波顺序和子帧顺序；
载波和子帧之间的顺序包括：先载波后子帧或先子帧后载波；
载波顺序包括：载波索引从小到大，或载波索引从大到小；
子帧顺序包括：子帧时刻从前到后，或子帧时刻从后到前。
可选地，至少一个子码本在HARQ-ACK码本中是级联的。
其中，预配置下行子帧集合M的划分的可选实现方案可参考实施例一中的相关描述。
其中，处理模块1202对接收的上行控制信息进行信道解码生成HARQ-ACK码本，获取各个子码本，根据HARQ-ACK码本确定终端下行数据的接收情况，可参考实施例一～实施例三中接入网设备201的处理。
其中，发送模块1203发送第一指示信息和第二指示信息，可参考实施例一～实施例三中接入网设备201的处理。
实施例五提供的接入网设备的其他可选实现方式可参考前述的接入网设备201，重复之处不再赘述。
具体地，处理模块1202用于执行接入网设备201所执行的处理操作，接 收模块1201可用于执行接入网设备201所执行的接收操作，发送模块1203可用于执行接入网设备201所执行的发送操作。
图13示出了接入网设备的一种可选的实现方式，其中，处理模块1202可由图13中的处理器1302实现，接收模块1201可由图13中的接收器1301实现，发送模块1203可由图13中的发射器1303实现。其中，总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥，具体由处理器1302代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器1304代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起，这些都是本领域所公知的，因此，本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。接收器1301和发射器1303可以由一个收发器实现，提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。
图14示出了接入网设备的另一种可选的实现方式，其中，处理模块1202可由图14中的处理器1402实现，接收模块1201可由图14中的接收器1401实现，发送模块1203可由图14中的发射器1403实现。
【实施例六】
图15为本发明实施例六提供的上行控制信息发送方法的流程图。如图15所示，该方法包括如下步骤：
S1501：终端接收下行子帧F(i,j)的下行调度信息，其中，下行子帧F(i,j)为上行子帧对应的预配置下行子帧集合M中的子帧；
其中，F(i,j)表示为终端配置的载波i上的下行子帧j，i∈C，C为配置给终端进行下行数据传输的所有载波的集合，j∈K，K为上行子帧所对应的下行子帧的集合；
其中，预配置下行子帧集合M分为N个预配置下行子帧子集，N为大于或等于2的整数，为一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个下行子帧需要反馈的混合自动重传请求-确认HARQ-ACK的比特数为一个预先确定的值，为不同预配置下行子帧子集中的任一下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数不 同；
S1502：终端在下行子帧F(i,j)接收下行调度信息所调度的下行数据；
S1503：终端根据下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的下行数据的接收情况以及下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，生成HARQ-ACK码本，其中，HARQ-ACK码本包括至少一个子码本，至少一个子码本与至少一个预配置下行子帧子集一一对应，至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为N个预配置下行子帧子集中的至少一个预配置下行子帧子集，至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为包含有终端接收到下行调度信息所调度的下行数据的下行子帧的子集；
S1504：终端通过对HARQ-ACK码本进行编码生成上行控制信息；以及
S1505：终端在上行子帧上发送上行控制信息。
可选地，子码本中包括的HARQ-ACK为子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK，但不包括子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中没有被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK。
可选地，子码本中包括的HARQ-ACK包括子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK；或者，子码本中包括的HARQ-ACK包括子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK以及至少一个填充比特，该填充比特可以为预置的值，比如NACK。但需要注意的是，无论是否包括填充的NACK，子码本的比特数要小于即时调度下行子帧子集所属的预配置下行子帧子集所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数。上述填充比特可以位于上述即时调度下行子帧子集中的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK的比特位置之后。
可选地，生成HARQ-ACK码本之前，方法还包括：
接收至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中每个预配置下行子帧子集所包括的下行子帧F(i,j)对应的第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示：按照设置顺序，下行子帧F(i,j)在包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧中的顺序号；
至少一个子码本是按照如下方式生成的：
针对至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，终端根据下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的下行数据的接收情况以及下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照第一指示信息指示的顺序号生成一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
可选地，生成HARQ-ACK码本之前，方法还包括：
接收至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中每个预配置下行子帧子集对应的第二指示信息，第二指示信息指示的内容可以参照上述实施例中的描述。
可选地，第二指示信息用于指示：包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集所对应的子码本的比特数，该比特数也可以称为码本大小或码本尺寸。中被调度的下行子帧的总数。该码本大小小于预配置下行子帧子集对应的HARQ-ACK的比特数，但大于或等于即时调度下行子帧子集中的下行子帧数或传输块个数。当该码本大小大于即时调度下行子帧子集中的下行子帧数或传输块个数时，UE和基站都会确定码本末尾填充了至少一个NACK，具体填充的NACK的个数为上述码本大小减去即时调度下行子帧子集中实际调度下行数据的下行子帧数或传输块个数。具体实施例描述参考实施例三，此处不再赘述。
终端根据下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的下行数据的接收情况以及下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照第一指示信息指示的顺序号生成任一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本，包括：
针对至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，终端根据下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的下行数据的接收情况以及下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照第一指示信息指示的顺序号以及第二指示信息生成一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
可选地，生成HARQ-ACK码本之前，方法还包括：
接收至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中每个预配置下行子帧子集所包括的下行子帧F(i,j)对应的第二指示信息；
其中，包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照设置顺序排序 为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的下行子帧所对应的第二指示信息的取值分别为AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0，其余下行子帧所对应的第二指示信息的取值分别为A0，其余下行子帧为包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，除排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，X的被调度的下行子帧之外的下行子帧，AX-1，AX-2，...，A1以及A0为不同值；或者
包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照设置顺序的相反顺序排序的该预配置下行子帧子集中的被调度的下行子帧对应的第二指示信息的取值分别为{AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0}的循环取值；或者
包括的下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照设置顺序排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧所对应的第二指示信息的取值分别为AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0，其余子帧号为j的下行子帧所对应的第二指示信息的取值分别为A0，其余子帧号为j的下行子帧为包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，除排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧之外的子帧号为j的下行子帧，AX-1，AX-2，...，A1以及A0为不同值；或者
按照设置顺序的相反顺序排序的该预配置下行子帧子集中的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧对应的第二指示信息的取值分别为{AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0}的循环取值；
其中，X为大于1的正整数；
终端根据下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的下行数据的接收情况以及下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照第一指示信息指示的顺序号生成任一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本，包括：
针对至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，终端根据下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的下行数据的接收情况以及下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照第一指示信息指示的顺序号以及第二指示信息生成一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
可选地，设置顺序可以参照上文的描述。
可选地，至少一个子码本在HARQ-ACK码本中是级联的。
其中，预配置下行子帧集合M的划分的可选实现方案可参考实施例一中的相关描述。
其中，终端生成子码本，以及将生成的各个子码本组成HARQ-ACK码本，进行信道编码生成上行控制信息，发送上行控制信息的可选实现方式可参考实施例一～实施例三中终端202的处理。
其中，终端接收第一指示信息和第二指示信息，根据第一指示信息和第二指示信息确定接入网设备调度的下行子帧的可选实现方式，可参考实施例一～实施例三中终端202的处理。
实施例六提供的上行控制信息发送方法的其他可选实现方式可参考前述的终端202，重复之处不再赘述。
【实施例七】
图16为本发明实施例七提供的上行控制信息接收方法的流程图。如图16所示，该方法包括如下步骤：
S1601：接入网设备向终端发送下行子帧F(i,j)的下行调度信息，并在下行子帧F(i,j)向终端发送下行调度信息所调度的下行数据，其中，下行子帧F(i,j)为上行子帧对应的预配置下行子帧集合M中的子帧；
其中，F(i,j)表示为终端配置的载波i上的下行子帧j，i∈C，C为配置给终端进行下行数据传输的所有载波的集合；j∈K，K为上行子帧所对应的下行子帧的集合；
其中，预配置下行子帧集合M分为N个预配置下行子帧子集，N为大于或等于2的整数，为一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数为一个预先确定的值，为不同预配置下行子帧子集中的任一下行子帧需要反馈的混合自动重传请求-确认HARQ-ACK的比特数不同；
S1602：接收终端在第一子帧上发送的用于反馈下行调度信息所调度的下行数据的接收情况的上行控制信息；
S1603：对接收的上行控制信息进行译码得到HARQ-ACK码本，其中，得到的HARQ-ACK码本包括至少一个子码本，至少一个子码本与至少一个预配置下行子帧子集一一对应，至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为N个预配置下行子帧子集中的至少一个预配置下行子帧子集，至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为包含有下行调度信息所调度的下行数据的下行子帧的子集。
可选地，子码本中包括的HARQ-ACK为子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK，但不包括子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中没有被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK。
可选地，子码本中包括的HARQ-ACK包括子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK；或者，子码本中包括的HARQ-ACK包括子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK以及至少一个填充比特，该填充比特可以为预置的值，比如NACK。但需要注意的是，无论是否包括填充的NACK，子码本的比特数要小于即时调度下行子帧子集所属的预配置下行子帧子集所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数。上述填充比特可以位于上述即时调度下行子帧子集中的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK的比特位置之后。
可选地，在接收终端发送的上行控制信息之前，还包括：
针对至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个预配置下行子帧子集所包括的下行子帧F(i,j)，向终端发送该下行子帧F(i,j)对应的第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示：按照设置顺序，下行子帧F(i,j)在包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧中的顺序号；
指示终端按照如下方式生成至少一个子码本：
针对至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，根据下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的下行数据的接收情况，以及下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照第一指示信息指示的顺序号生成一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
可选地，在接收终端发送的上行控制信息之前，还包括：
针对至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个预配置下行子帧子集，向终端发送第二指示信息，第二指示信息用于指示：
包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧的总数；或包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧以及在子帧号为j的下行子帧时刻之前的下行子帧的总数；或包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的总数；或包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧中传输的传输块的总数；或包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧以及在子帧号为j的下行子帧时刻之前的下行子帧中传输的传输块的总数；或包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧中传输的传输块的总数；
可选地，第二指示信息用于指示：包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集所对应的子码本的比特数，该比特数也可以称为码本大小或码本尺寸。中被调度的下行子帧的总数。该码本大小小于预配置下行子帧子集对应的HARQ-ACK的比特数，但大于或等于即时调度下行子帧子集中的下行子帧数或传输块个数。当该码本大小大于即时调度下行子帧子集中的下行子帧数或传输块个数时，UE和基站都会确定码本末尾填充了至少一个NACK，具体填充的NACK的个数为上述码本大小减去即时调度下行子帧子集中实际调度下行数据的下行子帧数或传输块个数。具体实施例描述参考实施例三，此处不再赘述。
指示终端：针对至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，根据下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的下行数据的接收情况以及下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照第一指示信息指示的顺序号以及第二指示信息生成一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
可选地，在接收终端发送的上行控制信息之前，还包括：
针对至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个预配置下行子帧子集所包括的下行子帧F(i,j)，向终端发送下行子帧F(i,j)对应的第二指示信息；
其中，包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照设置顺序排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的下行子帧所对应的第二指示信息的取值分别为AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0，其余下行子帧所对应的第二指示信息的取值分别为A0，其余下行子帧为包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，除排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，X的被调度的下行子帧之外的下行子帧，AX-1，AX-2，...，A1以及A0为不同值；或者
包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照设置顺序的相反顺序排序的该预配置下行子帧子集中的被调度的下行子帧对应的第二指示信息的取值分别为{AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0}的循环取值；或者
包括的下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照设置顺序排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧所对应的第二指示信息的取值分别AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0，其余子帧号为j的下行子帧所对应的第二指示信息的取值分别为A0，其余子帧号为j的下行子帧为包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，除排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧之外的子帧号为j的下行子帧，AX-1，AX-2，...，A1以及A0为不同值；或者
按照设置顺序的相反顺序排序的该预配置下行子帧子集中的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧对应的第二指示信息的取值分别为{AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0}的循环取值；
其中，X为大于1的正整数；
指示终端：针对至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，根据在下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的下行数据的接收情况以及下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照第一指示信息指示的顺序号以及第二指示信息生成一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
可选地，设置顺序可以参照上文的描述。
可选地，至少一个子码本在HARQ-ACK码本中是级联的。
其中，预配置下行子帧集合M的划分的可选实现方案可参考实施例一中 的相关描述。
其中，接入网设备接收的上行控制信息进行信道解码生成HARQ-ACK码本，获取各个子码本，根据HARQ-ACK码本确定终端下行数据的接收情况，可参考实施例一～实施例三中接入网设备201的处理。
其中，接入网设备发送第一指示信息和第二指示信息，可参考实施例一～实施例三中接入网设备201的处理。
实施例七提供的上行控制信息接收方法的其他可选实现方式可参考前述的接入网设备201，重复之处不再赘述。
综上，本发明实施例中，由于预配置下行子帧集合M分为上述N个预配置下行子帧子集，为一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数为一个预先确定的值，为不同预配置下行子帧子集中的任一下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数不同，这样，终端生成ACK/NACK码本时，按照一个预配置下行子帧子集中的下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK比特数反馈HARQ-ACK，这样，接入网设备在收到由HARQ-ACK码本生成的上行控制信息后，也按照预配置下行子帧子集中的下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK比特数解析ACK/NACK码本时，提供了一种HARQ-ACK反馈方案，可以支持针对聚合的不同的载波上的下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK比特数不同的情况。
本领域内的技术人员应明白，本发明的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此，本发明可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且，本发明可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器、CD-ROM、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。
本发明是参照根据本发明实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、 嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器，使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中，使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品，该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上，使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理，从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。
尽管已描述了本发明的优选实施例，但本领域内的技术人员一旦得知了基本创造性概念，则可对这些实施例做出另外的变更和修改。所以，所附权利要求意欲解释为包括优选实施例以及落入本发明范围的所有变更和修改。
显然，本领域的技术人员可以对本发明实施例进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本发明实施例的精神和范围。这样，倘若本发明实施例的这些修改和变型属于本发明权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内，则本发明也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。

Claims (28)

  1. 一种终端，其特征在于，包括：
    接收模块，用于接收下行子帧F(i,j)的下行调度信息，其中，所述下行子帧F(i,j)为上行子帧对应的预配置下行子帧集合M中的子帧；
    其中，F(i,j)表示为所述终端配置的载波i上的下行子帧j，i∈C，C为配置给所述终端进行下行数据传输的所有载波的集合，j∈K，K为所述上行子帧所对应的下行子帧的集合；
    其中，所述预配置下行子帧集合M分为N个预配置下行子帧子集，N为大于或等于2的整数，为一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个下行子帧需要反馈的混合自动重传请求-确认HARQ-ACK的比特数为一个预先确定的值，为不同预配置下行子帧子集中的任一下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数不同；
    所述接收模块还用于：在所述下行子帧F(i,j)接收所述下行调度信息所调度的下行数据；
    处理模块，用于根据所述接收模块在所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，生成HARQ-ACK码本，其中，所述HARQ-ACK码本包括至少一个子码本，所述至少一个子码本与至少一个预配置下行子帧子集一一对应，所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为所述N个预配置下行子帧子集中的至少一个预配置下行子帧子集，所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为包含有所述终端接收到所述下行调度信息所调度的下行数据的下行子帧的子集；以及通过对所述HARQ-ACK码本进行编码生成上行控制信息；
    发送模块，用于在所述上行子帧上发送所述上行控制信息。
  2. 如权利要求1所述的终端，其特征在于，所述子码本中包括的HARQ-ACK为所述子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK，但不包括所述子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中没有被调度 的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK。
  3. 如权利要求2所述的终端，其特征在于，
    所述接收模块还用于，在所述处理模块生成HARQ-ACK码本之前，接收所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中每个预配置下行子帧子集所包括的下行子帧F(i,j)对应的第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示：按照设置顺序，下行子帧F(i,j)在包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧中的顺序号；
    所述处理模块具体用于：按照如下方式生成所述至少一个子码本：
    针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，根据所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照所述第一指示信息指示的顺序号生成所述一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
  4. 如权利要求3所述的终端，其特征在于，
    所述接收模块还用于：在所述处理模块生成HARQ-ACK码本之前，接收所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中每个预配置下行子帧子集对应的第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示：
    包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧的总数；或
    包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧以及在子帧号为j的下行子帧时刻之前的下行子帧的总数；或
    包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的总数；或
    包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧中传输的传输块的总数；或
    包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧以及在子帧号为j的下行子帧时刻之前的下行子帧中传输的传输块的总数；或
    包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧中传输的传输块的总数；
    所述处理模块具体用于：
    针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，根据所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照所述第一指示信息指示的顺序号以及所述第二指示信息生成所述一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
  5. 如权利要求3所述的终端，其特征在于，
    所述接收模块还用于：在所述处理模块生成HARQ-ACK码本之前，接收所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中每个预配置下行子帧子集所包括的下行子帧F(i,j)对应的第二指示信息；
    其中，包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照所述设置顺序排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的下行子帧所对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0，其余下行子帧所对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为A0，所述其余下行子帧为包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，除所述排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，X的被调度的下行子帧之外的下行子帧，所述AX-1，AX-2，...，A1以及A0为不同值；或者
    包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照所述设置顺序的相反顺序排序的该预配置下行子帧子集中的被调度的下行子帧对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为{AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0}的循环取值；或者
    包括的下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照所述设置顺序排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧所对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0，其余子帧号为j的下行子帧所对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为A0，所述其余子帧号为j的下行子帧为包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，除所述排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧之外的子帧号为j的下行子帧，所述AX-1，AX-2，...，A1以及A0为不同值；或者
    按照所述设置顺序的相反顺序排序的该预配置下行子帧子集中的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为{AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0}的循环取值；
    其中，X为大于1的正整数；
    所述处理模块具体用于：
    针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，根据所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照所述第一指示信息指示的顺序号以及所述第二指示信息生成所述一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
  6. 如权利要求3～5任一项所述的终端，其特征在于，所述设置顺序包括：
    载波和子帧之间的顺序，以及载波顺序和子帧顺序；
    载波和子帧之间的顺序包括：先载波后子帧或先子帧后载波；
    载波顺序包括：载波索引从小到大，或载波索引从大到小；
    子帧顺序包括：子帧时刻从前到后，或子帧时刻从后到前。
  7. 如权利要求1～6任一项所述的终端，其特征在于，所述至少一个子码本在所述HARQ-ACK码本中是级联的。
  8. 一种接入网设备，其特征在于，包括：
    发送模块，用于向终端发送下行子帧F(i,j)的下行调度信息，并在下行子帧F(i,j)向所述终端发送所述下行调度信息所调度的下行数据，其中，所述下行子帧F(i,j)为上行子帧对应的预配置下行子帧集合M中的子帧；
    其中，F(i,j)表示为所述终端配置的载波i上的下行子帧j，i∈C，C为配置给所述终端进行下行数据传输的所有载波的集合；j∈K，K为所述上行子帧所对应的下行子帧的集合；
    其中，所述预配置下行子帧集合M分为N个预配置下行子帧子集，N为大于或等于2的整数，为一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数为一个预先确定的值，为不同预配置下行子帧子集 中的任一下行子帧需要反馈的混合自动重传请求-确认HARQ-ACK的比特数不同；
    接收模块，用于接收所述终端在所述第一子帧上发送的用于反馈所述下行调度信息所调度的下行数据的接收情况的上行控制信息；
    处理模块，用于对所述上行控制信息进行译码得到HARQ-ACK码本，其中，得到的所述HARQ-ACK码本包括至少一个子码本，所述至少一个子码本与至少一个预配置下行子帧子集一一对应，所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为所述N个预配置下行子帧子集中的至少一个预配置下行子帧子集，所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为包含有所述所述下行调度信息所调度的下行数据的下行子帧的子集。
  9. 如权利要求8所述的接入网设备，其特征在于，
    所述子码本中包括的HARQ-ACK为所述子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK，但不包括所述子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中没有被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK。
  10. 如权利要求9所述的接入网设备，其特征在于，
    所述发送模块还用于：在所述接收模块接收所述终端发送的所述上行控制信息之前，针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个预配置下行子帧子集所包括的下行子帧F(i,j)，向所述终端发送该下行子帧F(i,j)对应的第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示：按照设置顺序，下行子帧F(i,j)在包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧中的顺序号；指示所述终端按照如下方式生成所述至少一个子码本：
    针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，根据所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况，以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照所述第一指示信息指示的顺序号生成所述一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
  11. 如权利要求10所述的接入网设备，其特征在于，所述发送模块还用于：在所述接收模块接收所述终端发送的所述上行控制信息之前，针对所述 至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个预配置下行子帧子集，向所述终端发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示：
    包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧的总数；或包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧以及在子帧号为j的下行子帧时刻之前的下行子帧的总数；或包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的总数；或包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧中传输的传输块的总数；或包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧以及在子帧号为j的下行子帧时刻之前的下行子帧中传输的传输块的总数；或包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧中传输的传输块的总数；指示所述终端：
    针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，根据所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照所述第一指示信息指示的顺序号以及所述第二指示信息生成所述一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
  12. 如权利要求10所述的接入网设备，其特征在于，所述发送模块还用于：在所述接收模块接收所述终端发送的所述上行控制信息之前，针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个预配置下行子帧子集所包括的下行子帧F(i,j)，向所述终端发送所述下行子帧F(i,j)对应的第二指示信息；
    其中，包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照所述设置顺序排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的下行子帧所对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0，其余下行子帧所对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为A0，所述其余下行子帧为包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，除所述排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，X的被调度的下行子帧之外的下行子帧，所述AX-1，AX-2，...，A1以及A0为不同值；或者
    包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照所述设置顺序的相反 顺序排序的该预配置下行子帧子集中的被调度的下行子帧对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为{AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0}的循环取值；或者
    包括的下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照所述设置顺序排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧所对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0，其余子帧号为j的下行子帧所对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为A0，所述其余子帧号为j的下行子帧为包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，除所述排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧之外的子帧号为j的下行子帧，所述AX-1，AX-2，...，A1以及A0为不同值；或者
    按照所述设置顺序的相反顺序排序的该预配置下行子帧子集中的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为{AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0}的循环取值；
    其中，X为大于1的正整数；
    所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端：针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，根据在所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照所述第一指示信息指示的顺序号以及所述第二指示信息生成所述一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
  13. 如权利要求10～12任一项所述的接入网设备，其特征在于，所述设置顺序包括：
    载波和子帧之间的顺序，以及载波顺序和子帧顺序；
    载波和子帧之间的顺序包括：先载波后子帧或先子帧后载波；
    载波顺序包括：载波索引从小到大，或载波索引从大到小；
    子帧顺序包括：子帧时刻从前到后，或子帧时刻从后到前。
  14. 如权利要求8～13任一项所述的接入网设备，其特征在于，所述至少一个子码本在所述HARQ-ACK码本中是级联的。
  15. 一种上行控制信息发送方法，其特征在于，包括：
    终端接收下行子帧F(i,j)的下行调度信息，其中，所述下行子帧F(i,j)为上行子帧对应的预配置下行子帧集合M中的子帧；
    其中，F(i,j)表示为所述终端配置的载波i上的下行子帧j，i∈C，C为配置给所述终端进行下行数据传输的所有载波的集合，j∈K，K为所述上行子帧所对应的下行子帧的集合；
    其中，所述预配置下行子帧集合M分为N个预配置下行子帧子集，N为大于或等于2的整数，为一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个下行子帧需要反馈的混合自动重传请求-确认HARQ-ACK的比特数为一个预先确定的值，为不同预配置下行子帧子集中的任一下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数不同；
    所述终端在所述下行子帧F(i,j)接收所述下行调度信息所调度的下行数据；
    所述终端根据所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，生成HARQ-ACK码本，其中，所述HARQ-ACK码本包括至少一个子码本，所述至少一个子码本与至少一个预配置下行子帧子集一一对应，所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为所述N个预配置下行子帧子集中的至少一个预配置下行子帧子集，所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为包含有所述终端接收到所述下行调度信息所调度的下行数据的下行子帧的子集；
    所述终端通过对所述HARQ-ACK码本进行编码生成上行控制信息；以及
    所述终端在所述上行子帧上发送所述上行控制信息。
  16. 如权利要求15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述子码本中包括的HARQ-ACK为所述子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK，但不包括所述子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中没有被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK。
  17. 如权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述生成HARQ-ACK码本之前，所述方法还包括：
    接收所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中每个预配置下行子帧子集所包括的下行子帧F(i,j)对应的第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示：按照设置顺序，下行子帧F(i,j)在包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧中的顺序号；
    所述至少一个子码本是按照如下方式生成的：
    针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，所述终端根据所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照所述第一指示信息指示的顺序号生成所述一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
  18. 如权利要求17所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述生成HARQ-ACK码本之前，所述方法还包括：
    接收所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中每个预配置下行子帧子集对应的第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示：
    包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧的总数；或
    包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧以及在子帧号为j的下行子帧时刻之前的下行子帧的总数；或
    包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的总数；或
    包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧中传输的传输块的总数；或
    包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧以及在子帧号为j的下行子帧时刻之前的下行子帧中传输的传输块的总数；或
    包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧中传输的传输块的总数；
    所述终端根据所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照所述第一指示信息指示的顺序号生成所述任一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本，包括：
    针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，所述终端根据所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照所述第一指示信息指示的顺序号以及所述第二指示信息生成所述一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
  19. 如权利要求17所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述生成HARQ-ACK码本之前，所述方法还包括：
    接收所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中每个预配置下行子帧子集所包括的下行子帧F(i,j)对应的第二指示信息；
    其中，包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照所述设置顺序排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的下行子帧所对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0，其余下行子帧所对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为A0，所述其余下行子帧为包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，除所述排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，X的被调度的下行子帧之外的下行子帧，所述AX-1，AX-2，...，A1以及A0为不同值；或者
    包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照所述设置顺序的相反顺序排序的该预配置下行子帧子集中的被调度的下行子帧对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为{AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0}的循环取值；或者
    包括的下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照所述设置顺序排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧所对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0，其余子帧号为j的下行子帧所对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为A0，所述其余子帧号为j的下行子帧为包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，除所述排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧之外的子帧号为j 的下行子帧，所述AX-1，AX-2，...，A1以及A0为不同值；或者
    按照所述设置顺序的相反顺序排序的该预配置下行子帧子集中的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为{AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0}的循环取值；
    其中，X为大于1的正整数；
    所述终端根据所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照所述第一指示信息指示的顺序号生成所述任一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本，包括：
    针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，所述终端根据所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照所述第一指示信息指示的顺序号以及所述第二指示信息生成所述一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
  20. 如权利要求17～19任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述设置顺序包括：
    载波和子帧之间的顺序，以及载波顺序和子帧顺序；
    载波和子帧之间的顺序包括：先载波后子帧或先子帧后载波；
    载波顺序包括：载波索引从小到大，或载波索引从大到小；
    子帧顺序包括：子帧时刻从前到后，或子帧时刻从后到前。
  21. 如权利要求15～20任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述至少一个子码本在所述HARQ-ACK码本中是级联的。
  22. 一种上行控制信息接收方法，其特征在于，包括：
    接入网设备向终端发送下行子帧F(i,j)的下行调度信息，并在下行子帧F(i,j)向所述终端发送所述下行调度信息所调度的下行数据，其中，所述下行子帧F(i,j)为上行子帧对应的预配置下行子帧集合M中的子帧；
    其中，F(i,j)表示为所述终端配置的载波i上的下行子帧j，i∈C，C为配 置给所述终端进行下行数据传输的所有载波的集合；j∈K，K为所述上行子帧所对应的下行子帧的集合；
    其中，所述预配置下行子帧集合M分为N个预配置下行子帧子集，N为大于或等于2的整数，为一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个下行子帧需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数为一个预先确定的值，为不同预配置下行子帧子集中的任一下行子帧需要反馈的混合自动重传请求-确认HARQ-ACK的比特数不同；
    接收所述终端在所述第一子帧上发送的用于反馈所述下行调度信息所调度的下行数据的接收情况的上行控制信息；
    对接收的所述上行控制信息进行译码得到HARQ-ACK码本，其中，得到的所述HARQ-ACK码本包括至少一个子码本，所述至少一个子码本与至少一个预配置下行子帧子集一一对应，所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为所述N个预配置下行子帧子集中的至少一个预配置下行子帧子集，所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集为包含有所述所述下行调度信息所调度的下行数据的下行子帧的子集。
  23. 如权利要求22所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述子码本中包括的HARQ-ACK为所述子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK，但不包括所述子码本对应的预配置下行子帧子集中没有被调度的下行子帧的HARQ-ACK。
  24. 如权利要求23所述的方法，其特征在于，在接收所述终端发送的所述上行控制信息之前，还包括：
    针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个预配置下行子帧子集所包括的下行子帧F(i,j)，向所述终端发送该下行子帧F(i,j)对应的第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示：按照设置顺序，下行子帧F(i,j)在包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧中的顺序号；
    指示所述终端按照如下方式生成所述至少一个子码本：
    针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，根据所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况，以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照所述第一指示信息指示的顺序号生成所述一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
  25. 如权利要求24所述的方法，其特征在于，在接收所述终端发送的所述上行控制信息之前，还包括：
    针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个预配置下行子帧子集，向所述终端发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示：
    包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧的总数；或包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧以及在子帧号为j的下行子帧时刻之前的下行子帧的总数；或包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧的总数；或包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧中传输的传输块的总数；或包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧以及在子帧号为j的下行子帧时刻之前的下行子帧中传输的传输块的总数；或包括所述下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中被调度的下行子帧中传输的传输块的总数；
    指示所述终端：针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，根据所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照所述第一指示信息指示的顺序号以及所述第二指示信息生成所述一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
  26. 如权利要求24所述的方法，其特征在于，在接收所述终端发送的所述上行控制信息之前，还包括：
    针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的每个预配置下行子帧子集所包括的下行子帧F(i,j)，向所述终端发送所述下行子帧F(i,j)对应的第二指示信息；
    其中，包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照所述设置顺序排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的下行子帧所对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0，其余下行子帧所对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为A0，所述其余下行子帧为包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，除所述排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，X的被调度的下行子帧之外的下行子帧，所述AX-1，AX-2，...，A1以及A0为不同值；或者
    包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照所述设置顺序的相反顺序排序的该预配置下行子帧子集中的被调度的下行子帧对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为{AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0}的循环取值；或者
    包括的下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，按照所述设置顺序排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧所对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0，其余子帧号为j的下行子帧所对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为A0，所述其余子帧号为j的下行子帧为包括下行子帧F(i,j)的预配置下行子帧子集中，除所述排序为倒数1，2，...，X-1，以及X的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧之外的子帧号为j的下行子帧，所述AX-1，AX-2，...，A1以及A0为不同值；或者
    按照所述设置顺序的相反顺序排序的该预配置下行子帧子集中的被调度的子帧号为j的下行子帧对应的所述第二指示信息的取值分别为{AX-1，AX-2，...，A1，A0}的循环取值；
    其中，X为大于1的正整数；
    指示所述终端：针对所述至少一个预配置下行子帧子集中的一个预配置下行子帧子集，根据在所述下行子帧F(i,j)上接收的所述下行数据的接收情况以及所述下行子帧F(i,j)需要反馈的HARQ-ACK的比特数，按照所述第一指示信息指示的顺序号以及所述第二指示信息生成所述一个预配置下行子帧子集对应的子码本。
  27. 如权利要求24～26任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述设置顺序包括：
    载波和子帧之间的顺序，以及载波顺序和子帧顺序；
    载波和子帧之间的顺序包括：先载波后子帧或先子帧后载波；
    载波顺序包括：载波索引从小到大，或载波索引从大到小；
    子帧顺序包括：子帧时刻从前到后，或子帧时刻从后到前。
  28. 如权利要求22～27任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述至少一个子码本在所述HARQ-ACK码本中是级联的。
PCT/CN2015/086692 2015-08-10 2015-08-11 上行控制信息传输方法和装置 WO2017024539A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201580002202.2A CN107852285B (zh) 2015-08-10 2015-08-11 上行控制信息传输方法和装置
ES15900737T ES2760515T3 (es) 2015-08-10 2015-08-11 Método y aparato de transmisión de información de control de enlace ascendente
BR112018002773-1A BR112018002773B1 (pt) 2015-08-10 2015-08-11 Terminal, dispositivo de rede de acesso, método de envio de informação de controle de enlace ascendente, método de recepção de informação de controle de enlace ascendente, aparelho para enviar informação de controle de enlace ascendente em um terminal, aparelho para receber informação de controle de enlace ascendente em um dispositivo de rede de acesso e meio de armazenamento legível por computador
JP2018507000A JP6500164B2 (ja) 2015-08-10 2015-08-11 アップリンク制御情報伝送方法及び装置
EP15900737.6A EP3324565B1 (en) 2015-08-10 2015-08-11 Uplink control information transmission method and apparatus
EP19195776.0A EP3661092B1 (en) 2015-08-10 2015-08-11 Uplink control information transmission method and apparatus
US15/892,602 US10484149B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2018-02-09 Uplink control information transmission method and apparatus
US16/587,620 US11018813B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2019-09-30 Uplink control information transmission method and apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN2015086538 2015-08-10
CNPCT/CN2015/086538 2015-08-10

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/892,602 Continuation US10484149B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2018-02-09 Uplink control information transmission method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017024539A1 true WO2017024539A1 (zh) 2017-02-16

Family

ID=57983985

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2015/086692 WO2017024539A1 (zh) 2015-08-10 2015-08-11 上行控制信息传输方法和装置

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (2) US10484149B2 (zh)
EP (2) EP3661092B1 (zh)
JP (1) JP6500164B2 (zh)
CN (2) CN107852285B (zh)
BR (1) BR112018002773B1 (zh)
ES (2) ES2760515T3 (zh)
WO (1) WO2017024539A1 (zh)

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019073358A1 (en) * 2017-10-10 2019-04-18 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) PUCCH CONFIGURATION WITH HARQ CODES BOOK SIZE
WO2019127342A1 (zh) * 2017-12-29 2019-07-04 北京小米移动软件有限公司 混合自动重传请求反馈配置方法及装置和数据接收设备
WO2019136708A1 (en) 2018-01-12 2019-07-18 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Method and apparatus for determining a harq-ack codebook for carrier aggregation
WO2019216620A1 (en) 2018-05-10 2019-11-14 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and device for transmitting uplink control information
WO2019213957A1 (en) * 2018-05-11 2019-11-14 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Method and apparatus for harq-ack feedback for carrier aggregation
CN111193576A (zh) * 2018-11-14 2020-05-22 华为技术有限公司 发送码本的方法和装置以及接收码本的方法和装置
WO2020134725A1 (zh) * 2018-12-29 2020-07-02 北京展讯高科通信技术有限公司 下行数据调度harq-ack码本反馈、生成方法及装置、介质
US11646834B2 (en) 2018-05-10 2023-05-09 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and device for transmitting uplink control information
US11848782B2 (en) 2018-06-28 2023-12-19 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Method and device for transmitting feedback information

Families Citing this family (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016123372A1 (en) 2015-01-28 2016-08-04 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Uplink feedback methods for operating with a large number of carriers
JP6894841B2 (ja) * 2015-09-24 2021-06-30 株式会社Ｎｔｔドコモ 端末、無線基地局及び無線通信方法
WO2017050265A1 (en) * 2015-09-25 2017-03-30 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Information bits packaging
CN109075912B (zh) 2016-05-13 2022-12-06 联想创新有限公司（香港) 无线通信系统中的数据确认方法和装置
US10477526B2 (en) * 2016-06-10 2019-11-12 Qualcomm Incorporated Uplink procedures on a shared communication medium
CN111937316B (zh) 2018-01-11 2023-04-14 夏普株式会社 利用回退下行链路控制信息和码块组配置的harq-ack复用的码本确定
US11395270B2 (en) * 2018-04-27 2022-07-19 Qualcomm Incorporated Uplink control information payload size
EP3791503A1 (en) * 2018-05-11 2021-03-17 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Harq codebook for radio access networks
EP3833094A4 (en) * 2018-07-30 2022-03-30 Ntt Docomo, Inc. USER TERMINAL
KR20210044778A (ko) 2018-08-07 2021-04-23 아이디에이씨 홀딩스, 인크. Harq 향상을 위한 방법 및 장치
CN110943806B (zh) * 2018-09-21 2021-10-26 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种混合自动重传请求确认码本的传输方法和设备
CN118694504A (zh) 2018-11-11 2024-09-24 韦勒斯标准与技术协会公司 在无线通信系统中生成harq-ack码本的方法以及使用该方法的装置
US10868595B2 (en) * 2019-01-11 2020-12-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Enhanced feedback with a dynamic codebook
CN111181709B (zh) * 2019-02-26 2022-01-28 维沃移动通信有限公司 一种信息传输方法及终端
CN111277386B (zh) * 2019-03-28 2021-09-17 维沃移动通信有限公司 下行分配索引确定方法、终端和网络设备
US11463195B2 (en) * 2019-04-19 2022-10-04 Qualcomm Incorporated Handling downlink assignment indicators for different types of downlink control information
CN110557233A (zh) * 2019-09-26 2019-12-10 中兴通讯股份有限公司 码本反馈方法、装置、设备和存储介质
CN112994855B (zh) * 2019-12-13 2023-10-24 维沃移动通信有限公司 Pdcch的harq-ack反馈的方法及设备
US11812418B2 (en) * 2020-07-16 2023-11-07 Qualcomm Incorporated Transmit delay sensitive uplink control on secondary carrier
US20220248397A1 (en) * 2021-01-29 2022-08-04 Qualcomm Incorporated Physical uplink control channel communication for carrier aggregation

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102598572A (zh) * 2009-09-03 2012-07-18 松下电器产业株式会社 用于提供对多个发送的反馈的反馈方式
CN103069736A (zh) * 2010-09-16 2013-04-24 华为技术有限公司 与使用载波聚合的移动通信系统有关的反馈信息
CN103095437A (zh) * 2011-11-07 2013-05-08 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 针对下行数据传输的ack/nack反馈方法

Family Cites Families (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102215084A (zh) * 2010-04-02 2011-10-12 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 一种传输上行控制信息的方法
WO2011134522A1 (en) * 2010-04-29 2011-11-03 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Efficient harq receiver for hsdpa
CN104079394B (zh) * 2010-09-16 2017-11-17 华为技术有限公司 与使用载波聚合的移动通信系统有关的反馈信息
CN101958778B (zh) * 2010-09-28 2015-11-25 中兴通讯股份有限公司 正确/错误应答消息的映射方法及终端
WO2012044082A1 (ko) * 2010-09-29 2012-04-05 엘지전자 주식회사 시간 분할 듀플렉스 시스템에서 복수의 수신 확인 정보 전송 방법 및 장치
KR101867311B1 (ko) * 2010-12-21 2018-07-19 주식회사 골드피크이노베이션즈 Ａｃｋ／ｎａｃｋ 자원 할당 방법 및 장치와 이를 이용한 ａｃｋ／ｎａｃｋ 신호 전송 방법
CN102752085B (zh) * 2011-04-21 2014-09-17 华为技术有限公司 Tdd系统中确认或不确认指示信息发送的方法和设备
US9526091B2 (en) * 2012-03-16 2016-12-20 Intel Corporation Method and apparatus for coordination of self-optimization functions in a wireless network
CN103384188B (zh) * 2012-05-04 2017-03-01 电信科学技术研究院 载波聚合反馈方法、装置及系统
US20150236824A1 (en) * 2012-09-28 2015-08-20 Nokia Corporation Uplink downlink assignment indicator ambiguity handling for inter-band time division duplex carrier aggregation
CN104113924B (zh) * 2013-04-17 2019-04-16 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种多子帧调度方法、装置及系统
WO2015107850A1 (ja) * 2014-01-15 2015-07-23 シャープ株式会社 端末装置、基地局装置、集積回路、および、通信方法
EP3075415B1 (en) 2015-03-31 2017-03-29 RaySearch Laboratories AB Method, computer program and system for dose calculation in radiotherapy

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102598572A (zh) * 2009-09-03 2012-07-18 松下电器产业株式会社 用于提供对多个发送的反馈的反馈方式
CN103069736A (zh) * 2010-09-16 2013-04-24 华为技术有限公司 与使用载波聚合的移动通信系统有关的反馈信息
CN103095437A (zh) * 2011-11-07 2013-05-08 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 针对下行数据传输的ack/nack反馈方法

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3324565A4 *

Cited By (19)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019073358A1 (en) * 2017-10-10 2019-04-18 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) PUCCH CONFIGURATION WITH HARQ CODES BOOK SIZE
US11387964B2 (en) 2017-10-10 2022-07-12 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) PUCCH configuration with HARQ codebook size
WO2019127342A1 (zh) * 2017-12-29 2019-07-04 北京小米移动软件有限公司 混合自动重传请求反馈配置方法及装置和数据接收设备
US11451340B2 (en) 2017-12-29 2022-09-20 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. Hybrid automatic repeat request(HARQ) feedback configuration method and device and data receiving apparatus
WO2019136708A1 (en) 2018-01-12 2019-07-18 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Method and apparatus for determining a harq-ack codebook for carrier aggregation
US11476980B2 (en) 2018-01-12 2022-10-18 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Method and apparatus for determining a HARQ-ACK codebook for carrier aggregation
EP3738245A4 (en) * 2018-01-12 2021-08-25 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING A BOOK OF HARQ-ACK CODES FOR AGGREGATION OF CARRIERS
EP3777003A4 (en) * 2018-05-10 2022-01-12 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION
WO2019216620A1 (en) 2018-05-10 2019-11-14 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and device for transmitting uplink control information
US11646834B2 (en) 2018-05-10 2023-05-09 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and device for transmitting uplink control information
WO2019213957A1 (en) * 2018-05-11 2019-11-14 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Method and apparatus for harq-ack feedback for carrier aggregation
US11546092B2 (en) 2018-05-11 2023-01-03 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Method and apparatus for HARQ-ACK feedback for carrier aggregation
US11916678B2 (en) 2018-05-11 2024-02-27 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Method and apparatus for HARQ-ACK feedback for carrier aggregation
US11848782B2 (en) 2018-06-28 2023-12-19 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Method and device for transmitting feedback information
CN111193576B (zh) * 2018-11-14 2021-08-13 华为技术有限公司 发送码本的方法和装置以及接收码本的方法和装置
CN111193576A (zh) * 2018-11-14 2020-05-22 华为技术有限公司 发送码本的方法和装置以及接收码本的方法和装置
CN111385067A (zh) * 2018-12-29 2020-07-07 北京展讯高科通信技术有限公司 下行数据调度harq-ack码本反馈、生成方法及装置、介质
WO2020134725A1 (zh) * 2018-12-29 2020-07-02 北京展讯高科通信技术有限公司 下行数据调度harq-ack码本反馈、生成方法及装置、介质
US12069655B2 (en) 2018-12-29 2024-08-20 Beijing Unisoc Communications Technology Co., Ltd. Downlink data scheduling HARQ-ACK codebook feedback and generation methods and devices, and medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP3324565A4 (en) 2018-07-25
EP3661092A1 (en) 2020-06-03
EP3661092B1 (en) 2021-10-06
CN111800232A (zh) 2020-10-20
JP6500164B2 (ja) 2019-04-10
EP3324565A1 (en) 2018-05-23
CN107852285B (zh) 2020-06-02
US11018813B2 (en) 2021-05-25
BR112018002773A2 (zh) 2018-10-09
US20180167173A1 (en) 2018-06-14
US20200028634A1 (en) 2020-01-23
ES2899945T3 (es) 2022-03-15
CN107852285A (zh) 2018-03-27
EP3324565B1 (en) 2019-10-09
JP2018532287A (ja) 2018-11-01
US10484149B2 (en) 2019-11-19
BR112018002773B1 (pt) 2023-12-26
ES2760515T3 (es) 2020-05-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2017024539A1 (zh) 上行控制信息传输方法和装置
KR102553624B1 (ko) 다수의 뉴멀러지들을 위한 harq 절차를 관리하는 방법 및 사용자 장비(ue)
US10623150B2 (en) Control information transmission method, user equipment, and base station
US10277363B2 (en) Hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement transmission method, user equipment, and base station
JP6192663B2 (ja) フィードバック情報を送受信するためのデバイス
CN110943815B (zh) 一种harq-ack的传输方法、终端设备及网络设备
JP2020523841A (ja) フィードバック情報の送受信方法、装置及び通信システム
CN107113110A (zh) 控制信息的发送方法和通信设备
US9713127B2 (en) Method and device for configuring data transmission resource
WO2014173333A1 (zh) 一种上行控制信息的发送方法及装置
CN107615697B (zh) 一种信息发送、接收方法及设备
WO2016119245A1 (zh) 一种用户设备、网络设备，以及确认信息的传输方法
CN113271614B (zh) 用于处理实体上链路控制通道碰撞的装置及方法
JP6933692B2 (ja) 情報送信方法、情報受信方法、およびデバイス

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15900737

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2018507000

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2015900737

Country of ref document: EP

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112018002773

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112018002773

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20180209